MediaWiki - User contributions [en]

Excursion to Guildford. June 25th, 1877 - Geologists' Association excursion

2026-06-25T12:35:40Z

Scotfot:

{{Template:GA excursions1860-1890}}

'''Director: R. A. C. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S. (Report By C. J. A. Meyer, F.G.S.) (Proc. Vol. v. p. 161.)'''

'''Note: ''' [Guildford was first visited by the Association in 1869, during the cessation of issue of Proceedings. From a brief record of the event in the Geol. Mag. for 1869, p. 331, we learn that the chief object in view was "the examination of the several kinds of strata forming the hills and vales in the vicinity of Guildford, Mallard, and Chilworth." The leaders were the President (Prof. Morris), C. J. A. Meyer, and Prof. T. Rupert Jones. The [[Excursion to Guildford and Chilworth. June 1st, 1872 - Geologists' Association excursion|second excursion]] was in 1872.]

On this occasion members assembled at Chilworth Station. After a few words as to the proposed course of the excursion from the Director they proceeded to examine a bed of Elephant gravel exposed in a new road-cutting. This gravel, which formed an eastern extension of the Peasemarsh valley-gravel, was observed to consist largely of unrolled and broken flints, mingled with fragments of the Bargate stone, Chert, and Carstone (Ironstone), of the Lower Greensand. It contained apparently neither rounded flints nor flint pebbles. The gravel rested here on Hythe beds; further westward it covered both Atherfield Clay and Weald Clay.

The Tillingbourne stream, which was presently crossed on the way towards St. Martha's Hill, was described as running partly on the Weald Clay and partly on the Atherfield Clay, or lowest member of the Surrey Greensand. At the foot of St. Martha's Hill the party separated into two groups—one with Prof. Morris, taking the shortest path to the hill-top; the other, under Mr. Godwin-Austen, taking a longer route, with the chance of finer sections. At the top of St. Martha's, and while waiting for the re-union of the party, Mr. Meyer described briefly to those present the succession of the strata included in the Surrey Greensand. On mounting the hill they had passed over in succession the outcrop of the Atherfield Clay, Hythe beds; Sandgate beds, and Folkestone beds of the Lower Greensand. The Atherfield Clay (first noticed in England by Godwin-Austen in 1843)<ref>Proc. Geol. Soc., vol. iv., pp. 167, 196.</ref> is here very rich in fossils in its lowest beds, which are most unfortunately, however, very rarely exposed. The Hythe beds and Sandgate beds exhibit by comparison a singular dearth of fossils — ''Exogyra sinuata'', ''Hinnites Leymerii'', ''Terebratula sella'', an ''Ammonite'' or two, and a species of ''Belemnite'', probably completing the list of those obtainable in this district. The pebble-bed and Bargate stone series, forming the base of the Folkestone beds, contains a fauna, remarkable chiefly for its wide range, and from its differing so entirely in this district from that of the lower beds. The ferruginous sand, with Carstone capping the hill on which they stood, was wholly unfossiliferous. This sand-bed had here a thickness of about 130 feet. In the Isle of Wight, where it was also unfossiliferous, its thickness was even greater. At Folkestone, curiously enough, it was almost entirely absent; its position being there held by a detrital bed of about one foot in thickness.

Turning now towards Guildford the Warren Farm Section of highly inclined Grey Chalk and Chalk Marl was next visited; specimens of ''Nautilus elegans'', ''Terebratula obesa'', and ''Inoceramus'' rewarding the search for fossils. The two Chalk pits in Quarry Street were also briefly visited. The lowest of these contains but few fossils only of the zones of ''Inoceramus labiatus'', ''Terebratulina gracilis'', and ''Holaster planus''. The larger and higher quarry embraces a section displaying the zones of ''Holaster planus'', ''Micraster cor-bovis'', and ''M. Desori'' (?); and, in great force, the zone of Micraster cor-testuclinarium, with many of the associated fossils. Sponges and cone-like pressure-striated concretions abound in both quarries on certain limited horizons.

On reaching Guildford the members took carriages for the drive to Seale Rectory, near Farnham, the course taken being along the top of the Hogsback. It was interesting to observe the subtle differences in outline and fertility of the country to north and south of this dividing ridge of Chalk.

== Footnotes ==

[[Category:Geologists' Association excursions]]

Excursion to Guildford. June 25th, 1877 - Geologists' Association excursion

2026-06-25T12:34:09Z

Scotfot:

{{Template:GA excursions1860-1890}}

'''Director: R. A. C. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S. (Report By C. J. A. Meyer, F.G.S.) (Proc. Vol. v. p. 161.)'''

'''Note: ''' [Guildford was first visited by the Association in 1869, during the cessation of issue of Proceedings. From a brief record of the event in the Geol. Mag. for 1869, p. 331, we learn that the chief object in view was "the examination of the several kinds of strata forming the hills and vales in the vicinity of Guildford, Mallard, and Chilworth." The leaders were the President (Prof. Morris), C. J. A. Meyer, and Prof. T. Rupert Jones. The [[Excursion to Guildford and Chilworth. June 1st, 1872 - Geologists' Association excursion|second excursion]] was in 1872.]

On this occasion members assembled at Chilworth Station. After a few words as to the proposed course of the excursion from the Director they proceeded to examine a bed of Elephant gravel exposed in a new road-cutting. This gravel, which formed an eastern extension of the Peasemarsh valley-gravel, was observed to consist largely of unrolled and broken flints, mingled with fragments of the Bargate stone, Chert, and Carstone (Ironstone), of the Lower Greensand. It contained apparently neither rounded flints nor flint pebbles. The gravel rested here on Hythe beds; further westward it covered both Atherfield Clay and Weald Clay.

The Tillingbourne stream, which was presently crossed on the way towards St. Martha's Hill, was described as running partly on the Weald Clay and partly on the Atherfield Clay, or lowest member of the Surrey Greensand. At the foot of St. Martha's Hill the party separated into two groups—one with Prof. Morris, taking the shortest path to the hill-top; the other, under Mr. Godwin-Austen, taking a lodger route, with the chance of finer sections. At the top of St. Martha's, and while waiting for the re-union of the party, Mr. Meyer described briefly to those present the succession of the strata included in the Surrey Greensand. On mounting the hill they had passed over in succession the outcrop of the Atherfield Clay, Hythe beds; Sandgate beds, and Folkestone beds of the Lower Greensand. The Atherfield Clay (first noticed in England by Godwin-Austen in 1843)<ref>Proc. Geol. Soc., vol. iv., pp. 167, 196.</ref> is here very rich in fossils in its lowest beds, which are most unfortunately, however, very rarely exposed. The Hythe beds and Sandgate beds exhibit by comparison a singular dearth of fossils — ''Exogyra sinuata'', ''Hinnites Leymerii'', ''Terebratula sella'', an ''Ammonite'' or two, and a species of ''Belemnite'', probably completing the list of those obtainable in this district. The pebble-bed and Bargate stone series, forming the base of the Folkestone beds, contains a fauna, remarkable chiefly for its wide range, and from its differing so entirely in this district from that of the lower beds. The ferruginous sand, with Carstone capping the hill on which they stood, was wholly unfossiliferous. This sand-bed had here a thickness of about 130 feet. In the Isle of Wight, where it was also unfossiliferous, its thickness was even greater. At Folkestone, curiously enough, it was almost entirely absent; its position being there held by a detrital bed of about one foot in thickness.

Turning now towards Guildford the Warren Farm Section of highly inclined Grey Chalk and Chalk Marl was next visited; specimens of ''Nautilus elegans'', ''Terebratula obesa'', and ''Inoceramus'' rewarding the search for fossils. The two Chalk pits in Quarry Street were also briefly visited. The lowest of these contains but few fossils only of the zones of ''Inoceramus labiatus'', ''Terebratulina gracilis'', and ''Holaster planus''. The larger and higher quarry embraces a section displaying the zones of ''Holaster planus'', ''Micraster cor-bovis'', and ''M. Desori'' (?); and, in great force, the zone of Micraster cor-testuclinarium, with many of the associated fossils. Sponges and cone-like pressure-striated concretions abound in both quarries on certain limited horizons.

On reaching Guildford the members took carriages for the drive to Seale Rectory, near Farnham, the course taken being along the top of the Hogsback. It was interesting to observe the subtle differences in outline and fertility of the country to north and south of this dividing ridge of Chalk.

== Footnotes ==

[[Category:Geologists' Association excursions]]

Mining Record Office — sources on the origin of the MRO

2026-06-18T14:01:01Z

Scotfot: /* Location of the Mining Record Office at the Museum of Practical Geology */

[[History of the BGS Mine Plans Search]] A page describing the nature and history of the joint British Geological Survey, Mining Remediation Authority search application. The mine plan catalogue search can be [https://mine-plans.bgs.ac.uk/ accessed via this link.]

== Location of the Mining Record Office at the Museum of Practical Geology ==

[[File:NLS OSTownPlansVII 72.JPG|600px|Map showing location of the Mining Record Office at the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, London.]]

Within the Museum of of Practical Geology the Mining Record Office was located at the southern end of the upper gallery alongside the Geological Survey staff. The location is where Waterstones book shop is today.

[[Category:Museum of Practical Geology]]

== Annual Reports of the Mining Record Office ==
For detailed year by year activity of the see the [https://webapps.bgs.ac.uk/data/publications/series.html?code=BB Annual reports of the Geological Survey] Titles slightly vary but occur in the general form: "Annual Report of the Director-General of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom the Museum of Practical Geology, the Royal School of Mines, and the Mining Record Office"

== Timeline ==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
|| 1836
|| The initial impetus for the establishment of the Mining Records Office came from a great mining disaster that happened in Co. Durham in 1836, when water from old workings burst into a mine and many miners lost their lives.
|-
|| 1838
|| At a British Association Meeting in Newcastle in 1838 Sopwith read a paper urging the importance of collecting and preserving the plans of abandoned mines. A resolution in support of this proposal was carried in the Council of the British Association and an influential committee appointed to submit the matter to the Government
|-
|| 1839
|| In March 1839 the Government decided to place the work in the hands of Henry De la Beche and the Geological Survey and Museum of Practical Geology
|-
|| October 1840
|| T. B. Jordan appointed Keeper of Mining Records in October 1840. He had previously been Secretary of the Royal Polytechnic Society of Cornwall.
|-
|| 1840
|| The first Mining Records Office (MRO) was established by the Government for the voluntary registration and preservation of abandoned mine plans. The office was housed in the then newly established Museum of Practical Geology in London.
|-
|| 1840
|| It was decided that the Mining Records Office should contain an exhibit of models of coalfields, of various kinds of mines, and of the apparatus used in dressing mineral ores.
|-
|| 1850
|| The Select Committee on Accidents report led to the passing of the Inspection of Coal Mines Act in 1850 for Great Britain. The Act required a coal mine owner to keep a plan at each mine. This act was meant to be temporary and stay in force for only five years but was re-enacted in 1855.
|-
|| 1858
|| [https://webapps.bgs.ac.uk/data/publications/publication.html?id=19867987 A catalogue of the plans of the contents of the Mining Record Office in the Museum of Practical Geology consisting of plans and sections of mines and collieries, statistical and other documents]. London for HMSO, 1858
|-
|| 1865
|| [https://webapps.bgs.ac.uk/data/publications/publication.html?id=19865920 A descriptive catalogue of the geological, mining, and metallurgical models in the Museum of Practical Geology]. London for HMSO, 1865
|-
|| 1872
|| The Coal Mines Regulation Act and Metalliferous Mines Regulation Act made the deposition of plans of abandoned mines with the Secretary of State a statutory requirement. Both acts placed an obligation on mine owners to deposit their plans within a period of three months from the date of abandonment. Non-coal mines were not required to deposit plans if there had been less than 12 people employed below ground and this relaxation was perpetuated in all subsequent legislation until 1993.

All that was required to be shown on these plans were the boundaries of the mine workings up to the time of abandonment. There was no requirement for orientation with the surface, or depth or section information to be shown. Once deposited, no person except a mines inspector could view the plans for a period of 10 years.
|-
|| 1883
|| To establish a closer association between the MRO and the Inspectorate of Mines, the MRO was transferred from the Museum of Practical Geology to the Home Office.
|-
|}

==Home Office timeline — Key dates for catalogue publications ==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
||1889
|| List of plans of the abandoned mines : deposited in the Home Office under the Coal and Metalliferous Mines Regulation Acts : corrected to the 30th June 1889 : prepared by direction of the Secretary of State for the Home Department. [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=hvd.32044032822645&seq=4 https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=hvd.32044032822645&seq=4]
|-
||1897
|| List of plans of the abandoned mines : deposited in the Home Office under the Coal and Metalliferous Mines Regulation Acts including plans transferred from the late "Mining Record Office" Corrected to the 31st December 1896. London : Printed for HMSO, 1897. [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=nyp.33433087567164&seq=9 https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=nyp.33433087567164&seq=9]
|-
||1904
|| List of plans of the abandoned mines : deposited in the Home Office under the Coal and Metalliferous Mines Regulation Acts including plans transferred from the late "Mining Record Office". Corrected to the 31st December 1903. London : Printed for HMSO, 1904. [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=nyp.33433087567156&seq=7 https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=nyp.33433087567156&seq=7]
|-
||1928–1931
|| Catalogue of Plans of Abandoned Mines. London 5v Printed catalogue. HMSO, 1928–1931.

Volume I (Cheshire, Cumberland, Durham, Lancashire, Northumberland, Westmorland and the Isle of Man)

Volume II (Cornwall, Devon, Dorset, Gloucester, Kent, Somerset, Stafford and Worcester.)

Volume III Derby, Leicester, Lincoln, Norfolk, Northampton, Nottingham, Oxford, Warwick and York.

Volume IV Monmouth, Salop and Wales.

Volume V Scotland.
|-
|| 1932–1939
||“Catalogue of Plans of Abandoned Mines Supplement.” London : HMSO, 1932–1939.
|-
|}

== A number of publications have accounts of the origin and functions of the Mining Record Office — extracts ==

=== 1858 catalogue ===

A catalogue of the plans of the contents of the Mining Record Office in the Museum of Practical Geology consisting of plans and sections of mines and collieries, statistical and other documents. London for HMSO, 1858

::Preface:

::The Mining Record Office was established in 1838 as a department of the Museum Of Practical Geology, A representation having been made to the Government by the British Association for the Advancement of Science, after the meeting of that body at Newcastle-on-Tyne,-that it was of the highest importance to obtain and preserve plans and sections of all our subterranean explorations.

::This object has been steadily carried out, and the following catalogue will show, that of some of our more important mining districts nearly complete sets of plans have been obtained. Numerous documents—in many cases the only records existing of mines which have been long abandoned arc preserved in this office. In addition to the original design it was thought desirable to attempt a system of re gistering mineral statistics, which might fully illustrate the conditions of our mining industries. This has been successfully carried out, and it will be seen, that of numerous mines, the records of progress over a long series of year" have been secured.

::The Mining Record Office is essentially a progressive one. Large collections of plans, sect ions, and other mining documents are yearly added to its stores. It is entirely dependent upon the voluntary contributions of those who are interested in our mineral wealth ; and it should be generally known, that the loan of any drawings for copying" or the gift of tracings from plans and sections, or returns of the annual produce of any mine, colliery, or quarry, will be of considerable value.

::Any of the documents preserved in the Mining Record Office may be consulted, upon application being made to Mr. Robert Hunt, the Keeper of Mining Records, by any person who will show that he has some special interest in obtaining the information they contain. It will be obvious to every one that it is not possible to gratify mere idle curi osity by the production of these drawings, &c. without the sacrifice of much valuable time. It is, therefore, requested that persons applying for permission to examine the Records will furnish the Keeper with a sufficient explanation of their objects.

=== (From 1867 Descriptive Guide to the Museum of Practical Geology) ===

::Mining Record Office

::This branch of the establishment owes its origin to a representation made to the Government by the British Association at the meeting of that body at Newcastle-on-Tyne, in 1838.

::The objects to which this office is devoted are:-

::1st. ''The collection, arrangement, and preservation of all plans and sections of mines and collieries, ''both those which are now in process of work, and such as have been or may be abandoned.

::2nd. ''The collection and publication of statistical information connected with the mineral produce of the United Kingdom.'''

::3rd. ''The collection and registration of every kind of information, connected with the phenomena of our mineral formations of whatever description these may be.''

::The President of the Geological Society, the Rev. Dr. Buckland, in 1841, who took an active part in the establishment of the Mining Record Office, thus spoke of its objects :—" To the Keeper of these Records will be assigned the duty of arranging the documents which may be transmitted to him from all parts of the kingdom ''by any ''engineers, mineral surveyors, and proprietors of mines and coal works who may be willing to send them; particularly ''Maps, Sections, and Underground Plans, ''which will record the state of each mine when it is abandoned, for the information of those who, at a future period, may be disposed to bring it again into operation."

::At the present time the Mining Record Office contains a large col lection of the Plans and Sections of abandoned and of existing mines, and a considerable amount of information connected with the mine ral produce of the United Kingdom. To all parties who are specially interested in these industries, the collections of the office are opened upon application to the Keeper of Mining Records. Statistical returns of the mineral produce of these islands are published annu ally<sub>.</sub><nowiki>; these returns being indeed the only </nowiki>reliable information which is given to the public of a branch of British industry, the :value of which, independently of building stones and clays, may be estimated as exceeding 40,000,000''l''. per annum.

::A Catalogue of the Documents in the ''Mining Record Office ''has been published.

=== From Flett ===

'''Flett.J.S. The first hundred years of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. London : HMSO, 1937.'''

::Adjacent to the Museum of Economic Geology there was a Mining Records Office. T. B. Jordan, the officer in charge, was a skilled mechanic and instrument maker and had been Secretary of the Royal Polytechnic Society of Cornwall. Apparently the initial impetus for the establishment of the Mining Records Office came from a great mining disaster that happened in Co. Durham in 1836, when water from old workings burst into a mine and many miners lost their lives. At the British Association Meeting in Newcastle in 1838 Sopwith read a paper urging the importance of collecting and preserving the plans of abandoned mines. A resolution in support of this proposal was carried in the Council of the British Association and an influential committee appointed to submit the matter to the Government. It was urged that similar measures were already being taken by the Board of Woods and Forests in the case of the coal mines of the Forest of Dean, and in Northumberland by the Natural History Society of Newcastle. In March 1839 it was decided to place the work in the hands of De la Beche, and Jordan was appointed Keeper of Mining Records in October 1840.

::At the same time it was decided that the Mining Records Office should contain an exhibit of models of coalfields, of various kinds of mines, and of the apparatus used in dressing mineral ores. Apparently Jordan had a workshop connected with the Museum in which models were prepared. In addition to Sopwith’s models of the Forest of Dean coalfield, already mentioned, there were models of Dolcoath mine and of Northumbrian coal mines. Sopwith contributed a model of the Alston Moor lead-mining district and other models were presented. Some of them were of an elaborate construction showing shafts, levels and pumps. There were also models of many kinds of mining machinery, buddles, stamps, tilt hammers and jigs. Among this collection Ramsay’s original model of the Geology of the Island of Arran makes a somewhat incongruous appearance. A few maps and plans of mining districts were shown, and a series of sections illustrating the geology of railway-cuttings newly made for the rapidly spreading railway lines of England. A special committee of the British Association had been appointed to get together as large a collection of these railway sections as possible, and the sections which this committee collected were deposited in the Museum.

::In 1883, on the retirement of Robert Hunt, who had been the mainstay of the Mining Records Office for 38 years, that office was transferred to the Home Office and the ‘Mineral Statistics’ ceased to be published by the Geological Survey. The volume for 1881 was the last to appear. Hunt’s assistants, Meade and Jordan, became members of the Home Office staff.

=== From Bailey ===

Bailey, Sir Edward. Geological Survey of Great Britain. London : Thomas Murby, 1952.

::Another extremely important addition to the responsibilities of the Geological Survey dates from this period. In 1836 there was disastrous loss of life in a Co. Durham coal mine due to flooding from old forgotten workings. Following upon this the Council of the British Association approached the Government, who in 1839 placed De la Beche in charge of the collection and preservation of plans of abandoned mines. A Mining Record Office was established alongside the Museum, and in 1840 T. B. Jordan, who had previously been Secretary of the Royal Polytechnic Society of Cornwall, was appointed Keeper. This Record Office acted in some ways as an extension of the Museum, for it exhibited models of mines and mining machinery. It continued to function under the Director (presently Director General) of the Survey until 1883, when, as we shall see, it passed to the Mines Department of the Home Office.

::Unprecedented activity was shown during 1882 in the Mining Records Office, which it will be remembered was established under De la Beche's care in 1840, primarily as a precaution against loss of life consequent upon loss of information regarding abandoned underground workings liable to flooding. Robert Hunt, Keeper of the Records, visited Cornwall, Devon, the Midlands and Yorkshire to gather plans and statistics from coal, iron and lead mines. He claimed, probably correctly, that the collection under his charge was now more perfect than that of any other country in the world. It was a final effort. Next year, at the age of 76, Hunt retired ; and the Mining Records Office was transferred to the Department of Inspectors of Mines at the Home Office. This was a natural rearrangement from the point of view of safety ; and the mining plans can still be readily consulted at any time by the staff of the Geological Survey, a very important consideration. The last copy of Mineral Statistics issued by the Geological Survey covers 1881. Since then the publication has been continued by the Home Office, though until 1920 not in so complete and useful a form as previously.

=== National Archives ===
5. Maps and plans of mines and quarries

[https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/help-with-your-research/research-guides/mines-mining/ Mines and mining - The National Archives]

'''A comprehensive account of mine plans and their history in UK Government records'''

::The 1954 Mines and Quarries Act required working mines to deposit maps and plans with the Mining Record Office. Plans deposited under this and earlier statutes were distributed to local record offices in the 1990s. Enquiries concerning them should now be directed to the appropriate local record office. The National Archives holds many maps and some plans from before this time. Early examples include 16th century maps showing open-cast mines.

::The Metalliferous Mines Regulation Act 1872 required owners to deposit plans of abandoned mines with the Home Secretary. This requirement applied to mines of all description except coal (for which legal obligation already existed under the Coal Mines Inspection Act 1850), stratified ironstone, shale, salt and firestone. Catalogues of the plans deposited under the 1872 Act were published in the 1920s by HMSO. The Home Office files in [https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/r/C8909 HO 45] include a few plans of abandoned mines.

=== North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers Nicholas Wood Memorial Library Individual mines a resource guide ===

[https://mininginstitute.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Individual-mines-Jan16.pdf North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers]

::Mine plans. Prior to 1840 there was no requirement for mining plans to be prepared and it was not until 1850 that The Inspection of Coal Mines Act 1850 required a coal mine owner to keep a plan at each mine. 3 Individual mines January 2016 www.mininginstitute.org.uk

::In 1872 The Coal Mines Regulation Act and Metalliferous Mines Regulation Act made the deposition of plans of abandoned mines with the Secretary of State a statutory requirement. Non-coal mines were not required to deposit plans if there had been fewer than 12 men employed below ground and this relaxation was perpetuated in all subsequent legislation until 1993. All that was required to be shown on these plans were the boundaries of the mine workings up to the time of abandonment. There was no requirement for orientation with the surface, depth of workings or section extracted information to be shown. (From https://www.bgs.ac.uk/nocomico/history.htm)

[[History of the British Geological Survey]]

[[Category: History of the British Geological Survey]]

Museum of Economic Geology

2026-06-16T13:33:29Z

Scotfot: /* Museum of Economic Geology papers at the National Archives */

The Museum of Economic Geology was located at No. 6 Craig's Court, Charing Cross and Office of Mining Records was at No.5.

[[File:BL GoadPlan181.JPG|800px|Location map showing Craig Court, London, the site of the former Museum of Economic Geology. The Museum of Economic Geology was at number 6, and Office of Mining Records are situated at No. 5, Craig's Court, Charing Cross. Goad plan courtesy of the British Library on Wikimedia Commons.]]

== Extract from: Bailey, E.B. Geological Survey of Great Britain, London T. Murby, 1952. ==

Having successfully launched his scheme for a geological survey of the kingdom, De la Beche proceeded to point out to the Chancellor of the Exchequer the advantages that would accrue to the country from possession of a museum for display of rocks and minerals of economic significance. The suggestion was approved in 1837, and a building in Craig's Court, Whitehall, adjoining Scotland Yard, was assigned for Survey offices and museum. The latter was opened in 1841 under the title of Museum of Economic Geology. Its first Curator, also Chemist, was Richard Phillips, appointed along with an Assistant Curator in 1839. Phillips was one of the founder members of the Geological Society, and at the time of his death, which occurred on the eve of the opening of the Jermyn Street Museum in 1851, had come to be President of the Chemical Society. Phillips was furnished with a laboratory at the Museum, where the public might obtain analyses of rocks, minerals and soils. Although De la Beche was Director of the new Museum,, this institution was administered by the Office of Woods, Forests, etc., and not by the Ordnance Survey, to which for the time being the Geological Survey still remained attached.

The exhibits were all of economic appeal: building stones, including the specimens collected by the Parliament Commission, ornamental stones, marbles, granites, serpentines; plasters, tiles, pottery, earthenware ; ores of the metals, with Devon and Cornwall strongly represented, but with many other examples, British and foreign ; metallurgical products such as castings, electrotypes, gun barrels; coal and other fuels.

== Extract on the formation of the Museum of Economic Geology from Flett, J.S. The first hundred years of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. London:HMSO, 1937. ==

To this investigation, however, we are largely indebted for the establishment of the Museum of Practical Geology, for the large number of specimens of building stones collected by the Commission of 1838, and tested by them, was eminently suitable for preservation. De la Beche had previously made the suggestion that a Museum should be attached to the Geological Survey, in which rocks and minerals which had a bearing on the applications of geology to industry should be exhibited. This suggestion was approved and in 1837 a building in Craig’s Court, Whitehall, was obtained for Survey Offices and Museum.

The extensive collections already made by De la Beche served to illustrate many useful applications of geology, and in a short time, by private generosity and the work of official collectors, the exhibited series grew to considerable dimensions. The Museum was established in 1837 but not opened to the public till 1841, and about the same time Richard Phillips was attached to the service as a chemist to make analyses of minerals and rocks. He acted also as Curator of the Museum. Phillips was one of the founders or original members of the Geological Society of London. He was well known for his researches in chemistry and became President of the Chemical Society. His brother, William Phillips, was a distinguished geologist and wrote standard works on geology and mineralogy. Richard Phillips died in 1851 and was succeeded as Curator of the Museum by Trenham Reeks, who had joined the Survey in the same year as Phillips (1839).

An active coadjutor in the equipment and arrangement of the new Museum was Thomas Sopwith. He was a land and mineral surveyor and he brought out a descriptive account of the Museum in 1843. He took much interest in mining geology and ultimately became Crown Agent for the Mines in the Forest of Dean. The making of geological models was a work in which he specially excelled, and he prepared a large model of the coalfield of the Forest of Dean on the scale of 5 inches to a mile and another on the scale of 10 inches to a mile which is still preserved and shows wonderful skill and knowledge of the local geology. Sopwith also made small wooden models to illustrate geological structures, such as folds and faults, and the effects of surface configuration on the outcrops of stratified rocks. These models are still used in many colleges and schools to illustrate geological lectures. Sopwith appears to have had a considerable practice as a civil engineer and a surveyor of mines. His geological knowledge was of a high standard and he was a prominent member of the Geological Society. Apparently he was never a regular member of De la Beche’s staff, but as he held an appointment under the Crown Estates he seems to have considered himself as semi-officially attached to the Geological Survey and he gave very hearty support to De la Beche’s schemes.

Sopwith’s ‘Account of the Museum of Economic Geology’ was published by John Murray and gives a full description not only of the purposes of the Museum but also of its principal exhibits. The striking fact is that almost nothing was shown that had not a practical bearing. For example, there was no collection of classified minerals or rocks and no stratigraphical series of fossils. The collection of building stones, ornamental stones, marbles, granites and serpentines occupied a principal place on the ground floor. Along with these were exhibits of cements, plasters, tiles, pottery, earthenware and other manufactured products. On the first gallery were shown British and foreign ores of the metals, coals and other fuels, with specimens of lodes, veins and other mineral deposits. In this collection tin, Copper, iron and coal held a principal place, as illustrating British industries. Many of the specimens came from Cornwall, Devon and South Wales and were evidently collected during the survey of those districts, but generous donors had also presented large numbers of specimens of foreign ores. Among others, the Imperial Mining Institute of Russia had sent a varied series of Russian exhibits. Scattered through the Museum were examples of metallurgical products, such as castings, electrotypes, gun barrels, etc., and objects of art such as encaustic tiles, statuary, pottery and cameos.

Adjacent to the Museum of Economic Geology there was a Mining Records Office. T. B. Jordan, the officer in charge, was a skilled mechanic and instrument maker and had been Secretary of the Royal Polytechnic Society of Cornwall. Apparently the initial impetus for the establishment of the Mining Records Office came from a great mining disaster that happened in Co. Durham in 1836, when water from old workings burst into a mine and many miners lost their lives. At the British Association Meeting in Newcastle in 1838 Sopwith read a paper urging the importance of collecting and preserving the plans of abandoned mines. A resolution in support of this proposal was carried in the Council of the British Association and an influential committee appointed to submit the matter to the Government. It was urged that similar measures were already being taken by the Board of Woods and Forests in the case of the coal mines of the Forest of Dean, and in Northumberland by the Natural History Society of Newcastle. In March 1839 it was decided to place the work in the hands of De la Beche, and Jordan was appointed Keeper of Mining Records in October 1840.

At the same time it was decided that the Mining Records Office should contain an exhibit of models of coalfields, of various kinds of mines, and of the apparatus used in dressing mineral ores. Apparently Jordan had a workshop connected with the Museum in which models were prepared. In addition to Sopwith’s models of the Forest of Dean coalfield, already mentioned, there were models of Dolcoath mine and of Northumbrian coal mines. Sopwith contributed a model of the Alston Moor lead-mining district and other models were presented. Some of them were of an elaborate construction showing shafts, levels and pumps. There were also models of many kinds of mining machinery, buddles, stamps, tilt hammers and jigs. Among this collection Ramsay’s original model of the Geology of the Island of Arran makes a somewhat incongruous appearance. A few maps and plans of mining districts were shown, and a series of sections illustrating the geology of railway-cuttings newly made for the rapidly spreading railway lines of England. A special committee of the British Association had been appointed to get together as large a collection of these railway sections as possible, and the sections which this committee collected were deposited in the Museum.

Although no special exhibits were provided to show the connexion of geology with agriculture, it was announced that Mr. Phillips, Curator of the Museum, would make analyses of rocks and soils at moderate charges.

== Museum of Economic Geology papers at the National Archives ==

Long Papers, bundle 310: Museum of Economic Geology

Reference: T 1/3776

Description: Long Papers, bundle 310: Museum of Economic Geology

Date: 1790-1840

Held by: The National Archives, Kew

Legal status: Public Record(s)

Closure status: Open Document, Open Description

== Other links ==

[[Richard Phillips at the Museum of Economic Geology and his experimental work on the Penny Black and Penny Red postage stamps]]

[[History of the British Geological Survey]]

[[Category:History of the British Geological Survey]]

2026-05-19T21:49:37Z

Scotfot: /* 1927 */

__NOTOC__

== Introduction ==
All excursion write-ups in this list refer to the post-excursion articles published in the [https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/proceedings-of-the-geologists-association/issues Proceedings of the Geologists' Association]. The list is not validated and should be carefully checked against the field excursion announcements in the GA Circulars. '''It is work in progress'''.

Links entitled "'''Record of excursions 1860–1890'''" are from the GA publication: A record of excursions made between 1860 and 1890. Edited by Thomas Vincent Holmes , F.G.S. and C. Davies Sherborn, F.G.S. London: Edward Stanford [For the Geologists’ Association], 1891.

== 1860 ==
Excursion to Folkestone. April 9th, 1860. In Proc., vol. i., p. 47

Excursion to Maidstone. June 19th 1860.

== 1861 ==

== 1862 ==

Report on the excursion to Hastings, April 22nd, 1862. 1 (9) 1863. p 248–251. Deck, A. [[Excursion to Hastings. 22nd of April 1862 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 126–127]]

Report on excursion to Cambridge, June 13th, 1862. 1 (9) 1863. p 271–272. Tennant, J., Babington, Prof., Barrett, L., Seeley, Mr.

Excursion to Lewes, August 6th, 1862. 1 (9) 1863. p 274–277. Noble, Capt. [[Excursion to Lewes. August 6th, 1862 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 121–122]]

Excursion to the Northern Main Drainage Works [London]. October 18th, 1862. Proc, vol i. pp277–9. The details are entirely of engineering, not geological interest.

== 1863 ==

Herne Bay and Reculver. June 26th, 1863. [[Herne Bay and Reculver. June 26th, 1863 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 57–58''']]

== 1864 ==

== 1865 ==

== 1866 ==

== 1867 ==

Excursion to the Thames Embankment Works. April 22nd. 1867. No report of this excursion exists.

== 1868 ==

== 1869 ==
Excursion to Oxford. May 17th, 1869. Proceedings of the Geologists' Association Volume 1, Supplement, 1859, Pages 340–346

== 1870 ==

Excursion to Caterham and Oxtead, April 19th, 1870. 2 (1) 1871. p 28–29. Evans, C.

Excursion to Grays, Essex, April 23rd, 1870. 2 (1) 1871. p 29–29. Morris, J.

Excursion to Stroud, May Hill and Swindon, May 9th to 11th, 1870. 2 (1) 1871. p 33–34.

Excursion to Lewisham, May 7th, 1870. 2 (1) 1871. p 33–33.

Excursion to Crayford, May 21st, 1870. 2 (1) 1871. p 34–35.

Excursion to Tilburstow and Nutfield, May 28th, 1870. 2 (1) 1871. p 35–36. Meyer, C.J.A.

Excursion to Aylesbury, June 1st, 1870. 2 (1) 1871. p 36–36.

Excursion to Herne Bay, June 6th, 1870. 2 (2) 1871. p 38–40. Morris, J. [[Excursion to Herne Bay, 6th June, 1870 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 58–60''']]

Excursion to Hampstead, June 11th, 1870. 2 (2) 1871. p 40–41. Morris, J., Pattison, S.R., Evans, C.

Excursion to Folkestone, June 18th, 1870. 2 (2) 1871. p 41–42. Morris, J. [[Excursion to Folkestone. 18th June, 1870 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 72–74''']]

Excursion to Watford, June 23rd, 1870. 2 (2) 1871. p 43–44. Hopkinson, J. [[Excursion to Watford, June 23rd, 1870 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 152–155]]

== 1871 ==

Visit to the British Museum. Volume 2, Issue 1, April 1871, p. 4

Excursion to Cambridge, April 10th and 11th, 1871. 2 (5) 1872. p 219–226. Morris, J., Bonney, T.G., Seeley, H.G.

Excursion to Belvedere, April 29th, 1871. 2 (5) 1872. p 229–230. Morris, J.

Excursion to Oxford, May 12th and 13th, 1871. 2 (6) 1872. p 243–244. Phillips, J., Earwaker, J.P.

Excursion to Grays, Essex, May 20th, 1871. 2 (6) 1872. p 245–247. Morris, J., Wiltshire, T.

Excursion to the Yeovil District, May 29th to June 1st, 1871. 2 (6) 1872. p 247–250. Buckman, S.S., Lobley, J.L.

Excursions to Ilford and visit to Sir Antonio Brady's Museum, June 17th, 1871. 2 (7) 1872. p 273–274. Woodward, H., Brady, A.

Excursion to Caterham Junction and Riddlesdown, July 1st, 1871. 2 (7) 1872. p 274–276. Lobley, J.L.

Excursion to Warwickshire, July 10th and 11th, 1871. 2 (7) 1872. p 284–287. Brodie, P.B., Kirshaw, J.W.

== 1872 ==

Excursion to Maidstone, April 2nd, 1872. 3 (1) 1873. p 38–42. Jones, T.R., Tennant, Prof., Bensted, W.H. [[Excursion to Maidstone. April 2nd, 1872 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 55–57''']]

Excursion to Watford, April 13th, 1872. 3 (2) 1873. p 65–67. Whitaker, W., Hopkinson, J. [[Excursion to Watford. April 13th, 1872 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 155–157]]

Excursion to Hampstead, April 27th, 1872. 3 (2) 1873. p 67–69. Pattison, S.R., Evans, C. [[Excursion to Hampstead. April 27th, 1872 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 140–144]]

Excursion to Erith and Crayford, May 4th, 1872. 3 (2) 1873. p 83–86. Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Erith and Crayford. May 4th, 1872 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 17–25''']]

Excursion to Bath, May 20th and 21st, 1872. 3 (2) 1873. p 89–92. Moore, C., Winwood, H.H.

Excursion to Guildford and Chilworth, June 1st, 1872. 3 (2) 1873. p 93–98. Jones, T.R., Meyer, C.J.A. [[Excursion to Guildford and Chilworth. June 1st, 1872 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 93–96]]

Excursion to Bromley and Chislehurst, June 15th, 1872. 3 (3) 1873. p 114–115. Ilott, J., Child, C. [[Excursion to Bromley, Sundridge, and Chiselhurst. April 22nd, 1876 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 17–25''']]

Excursion to Hendon and Finchley, June 22nd, 1872. 3 (3) 1873. p 115–116. Hicks, H. [[Excursion to Hendon and Finchley. June 22nd, 1872 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 146–147]]

Excursion to Walton-on-the-Naze, July 8th, 1872. 3 (3) 1873. p 122–123. Lobley, J.L.

Excursion to Ludlow and the Longmynds, July 22nd to 27th, 1872. 3 (3) 1873. p 124–127. Morris, J., La Touche, J.D., Lightbody, R.

== 1873 ==

Excursion to Banbury, April 14th and 15th, 1873. 3 (5) 1874. p 197–204. Morris, J., Beesley, T.

Excursion to Charlton, April 26th, 1873. 3 (5) 1874. p 205–206. Morris, J. [[Excursion to Charlton. April 26th 1873 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 3–4''']]

Excursion to Aylesbury, May 5th, 1873. 3 (5) 1874. p 210–211. Morris, J.

Excursion to Eastbourne and St Leonards, May 23rd and 24th, 1873. 3 (5) 1874. p 211–214. Dewick, E.S., Hopkinson, J., Peyton, J.E.H. [[Excursion to Eastbourne and St. Leonards. May 23rd and 24th, 1873 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 122–126]]

Excursion to Finchley, May 31st, 1873. 3 (5) 1874. p 214–216. Walker, H.

Excursion to Brighton, June 11th, 1873. 3 (6) 1874. p 239–240. Woodward, H., Jones, T.R.

Excursion to Hatfield, June 28th, 1873. 3 (6) 1874. p 240–242. Lobley, J.L.

Excursion to Plumstead and Crossness, July 5th, 1873. 3 (6) 1874. p 265–269. Walker, H., Whitaker, W., Houghton, F.E. [[Excursion to Plumstead and Crossness. July 5, 1873 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 12–15''']]

Excursion to Malvern, July, 21st to 26th, 1873. 3 (6) 1874. p 269–280. Grindrod, R.B., Symonds, W.S., Dixon, R., Lobley, J.L.

== 1874 ==

Excursion to Oxford, April 6th and 7th, 1874. 4 (2) 1875. p 91–97. Phillips, J., Parker, J.

Excursion to Lewisham, April 25th, 1874. 4 (2) 1875. p 114–115. Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Lewisham. April 25th, 1874 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 1–3''']]

Excursion to Grays, Essex, May 16th, 1874. 4 (2) 1875. p 123–123. Walker, H.

Excursion to Northamptonshire, May 25th and 26th, 1874. 4 (2) 1875. p 123–134. Sharp, S.

Excursion to Tilburstow and Nutfield, June 13th, 1874. 4 (3) 1875. p 153–154. Lobley, J.L.

Excursion to Hampstead, June 22nd, 1874. 4 (3) 1875. p 155–155. Evans, C.

Excursion to St Mary Cray, Well Hill, and Shoreham, Kent, June 26th, 1874. 4 (3) 1875. p 155–157. Prestwich, J., Walker, H. [[Excursion to St. Mary's Cray, Well Hill, and Shoreham, Kent. Saturday, June 26th, 1874 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 33–34''']]

Excursion to the Cheltenham district, July 20th to 25th, 1874. 4 (3) 1875. p 167–174. Wright, T., Symonds, W.S., Lucy, W.C., Lobley, J.L.

== 1875 ==

Excursion to the Isle of Thanet, March 19th and 20th, 1875. 4 (4) 1875. p 254–260. Dowker, G., Hudleston, W.H. [[Excursion to the Isle of Thanet. Easter Monday, March 29th, 1875, and following day - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 61–66''']]

Excursion to Riddlesdown and Croydon, April 17th, 1875. 4 (5) 1875. p 282–283. Evans, C., Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Riddlesdown and Croydon. April 17th, 1875 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 80–81''']]

Excursion to Watford, May 1st, 1875. 4 (5) 1875. p 284–285. Evans, J., Morris, Prof., Hopkinson, J. [[Excursion to Watford. May 1st, 1875 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 157–158]]

Excursion to Charnwood Forest, Leicestershire, May 17th, 18th and 19th, 1875. 4 (5) 1875. p 307–317. Plant, J., Harrison, W., Molyneux, W., Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to Sheppey, June 7th, 1875. 4 (5) 1875. p 320–323. Carruthers, W., Duncan, F., Shrubsole, W.H. [[Excursion to the Isle of Sheppey. June 7th, 1875 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 44–46''']]

Excursion to Erith and Crayford, June 26th, 1875. 4 (5) 1875. p 323–323. Lobley, J.L.

Excursion to the site of the new Museum of Natural History, South Kensington, July 10th, 1875. 4 (5) 1875. p 324–326. Morris, J., Hudleston, W.H. [[Excursion to the site of the New Museum of Natural History, South Kensington. July 10th, 1875 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 130–131]]

Excursion to East Yorkshire, July 19th, 1875 and five following days. 4 (5) 1875. p 326–336. Strickland, C., Morris, J., Strangways, C.F., Woodall, J.W.

== 1876 ==

Excursion to Grantham and Nottingham, April 17th and 18th, 1976. 4 (8) 1876. p 491–497. Irving, A., Holloway, W.H.

Excursion to Bromley, Sundridge, and Chislehurst, April 22nd, 1876. 4 (8) 1876. p 498–502. Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Bromley, Sundridge, and Chiselhurst. April 22nd, 1876 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 29–33''']]

Excursion to the gorge of the Medway, and Kit's Coty House, May 1st, 1876. 4 (8) 1876. p 503–505. Morris, J., Hudleston, W.H. [[Excursion to The Gorge of the Medway, and Kit's Coty House. Monday, May 1st, 1876 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 52–54''']]

Excursion to Hatfield, May 13th, 1876. 4 (8) 1876. p 518–519. Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to Reading, June 3rd, 1876. 4 (8) 1876. p 519–523. Jones, T.R.

Excursion to Swindon and Faringdon, June 5th and 6th, 1876. 4 (9) 1876. p 543–554. Morris, J., Moore, C., Davey, E.C.

Excursion to Sandgate and Folkestone, June 19th, 1876. 4 (9) 1876. p 554–556. Price, F.G.H. [[Excursion to Sandgate and Folkestone. June 19th, 1876 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 70–72''']]

Excursion to Blackheath and Charlton, July 1st, 1876. 4 (9) 1876. p 557–557. Morris, J. [[Excursion to Blackheath and Charlton. July 1st, 1876 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 4–5''']]

Excursion to the North Wales Border, July 17th to 22nd, 1876. 4 (9) 1876. p 559–568. Davies, D.C., Morris, J., Hicks, H.

== 1877 ==

Excursion to the Crag district of Suffolk, April 2nd and 3rd, 1877. 5 (3) 1877. p 108–113. Whitaker, W., Taylor, J.E., Charlesworth, E.

Excursion to Grays, Essex, April 21st, 1877. 5 (3) 1877. p 125–125. Johnson, M.H.

Excursion to Wantage, May 7th, 1877. 5 (4) 1877. p 137–140. Morris, J., Davey, E.C.

Excursion to Leicestershire, May 21st, and 22nd, 1877. 5 (4) 1877. p 142–148. Harrison, W.J., Bonney, T.G., Hill, E.

Excursion to Caterham, Godstone, Tilburstow, and Nutfield, June 4th, 1877. 5 (4) 1877. p 155–159. Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Caterham, Godstone, Tilburstow, and Nutfield. Monday, June 4th, 1877 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 102–106]]

Excursion to Hampstead, June 16th, 1877. 5 (4) 1877. p 160–161. Evans, C. [[Excursion to Hampstead. June 16th, 1877 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 142–144]]

Excursion to Guildford, June 25th, 1877. 5 (4) 1877. p 161–163. Godwin-Austen, R.A.C., Meyer, C.J.A. [[Excursion to Guildford. June 25th, 1877 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 97–98]]

Excursion to Derbyshire, July 22nd, 1877 and five following days. 5 (4) 1877. p 186–190. Mello, J.M., Pennington, R.

== 1878 ==

Excursion to the Crystal Palace, April 6th, 1878. 5 (7) 1878. p 377–377. Morris, J.

Excursion to Chipping Norton, April 22nd and 23rd, 1878. 5 (7) 1878. p 378–389. Beesley, T., Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to the North Downs, May 6th, 1878. 5 (8) 1878. p 495–497. Morris, J., Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to the North Downs, Surrey. Monday, 6th May, 1878 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 106–109]]

Excursion to Tyler's Hill, Chesham, May 18th, 1878. 5 (8) 1878. p 498–500. Evans, J., Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to Norwich and Cromer, June 10th and 11th, 1878. 5 (8) 1878. p 513–518. Harmer, F.W., Woodward, H.B., Reid, C.

Excursion to Hertford and Ware, June 22nd, 1878. 5 (8) 1878. p 519–522. Morris, J., Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to the Gorge of the Mole, Box Hill and Dorking, July 13th, 1878. 6 (1) 1879. p 38–39. Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to the Gorge of the Mole, Box Hill, and Dorking. Saturday, July 13th, 1878 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 88–89]]

Excursion to The Boulonnais, August 5th, 1878 and five following days. 6 (1) 1879. p 39–46. Pellat, E., Barrois, C., Gosselet. Prof., Rigaux, M.

== 1879 ==

Excursion to Weymouth and Portland, April 14th and 15th, 1879. 6 (4) 1879. p 172–174. Blake, J.F., Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to Crayford and Erith, April 26th 1879. 6 (4) 1879. p 174–175. Morris, J.

Excursion to Newbury, May 5th, 1879. 6 (4) 1879. p 185–188. Jones, T.R., Money, W.

Excursion to Orpington and Knockholt, May 10th, 1879. 6 (5) 1880. p 189–191. Lobley, J.L., Fawcett, W. [[Excursion to Orpington and Knockholt. Saturday, May 10th, 1879 (First of the Weald Series) - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 35''']]

Excursion to Watford, May 17th, 1879. 6 (5) 1880. p 191–194. Whitaker, W., Hopkinson, J. [[Excursion to Watford. May 17th, 1879 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 159–161]]

Excursion to Knockholt and Sevenoaks, May 24th, 1879. 6 (5) 1880. p 194–196. Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Knockholt and Sevenoaks. Saturday, May 24th, 1879. (Second of the Weald Series) - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 36''']]

Excursion to Bath, June 2nd and 3rd, 1879. 6 (5) 1880. p 196–201. Moore, C.

Excursion to Sevenoaks and Tonbridge, June 14th, 1879. 6 (5) 1880. p 202–203. Lobley, J.L., Fawcett, W. [[Excursion to Sevenoaks and Tonbridge, Saturday, June 14th, 1879. (Third of the Weald Series) - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 37–38''']]

Excursion to Tonbridge and Tunbridge Wells, June 28th, 1879. 6 (5) 1880. p 204–206. Lobley, J.L., Fawcett, W. [[Excursion to Tonbridge and Tunbridge Wells. Saturday, June 28th, 1879. (Fourth of the Weald Series) - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 38–40''']]

Excursion Tunbridge Wells and Crowborough Beacon, July 12th, 1879. 6 (5) 1880. p 230–233. Lobley, J.L., Fawcett, W. [[Excursion to Tunbridge Wells and Crowborough Beacon. Monday, July 12th, 1879. (Fifth of the Weald Series) - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 41–44''']]

== 1880 ==

Excursion to Ledbury, July, 21st, 1879 and five following days. 6 (5) 1880. p 233–236. Piper, G.H., Callaway, C.

Excursion to the Hampshire coast, May 29th and 30th, 1880. 6 (7) 1880. p 316–320. Gardner, J.S.

Excursion to Camberley, April 24th, 1880. 6 (7) 1880. p 329–335. Irving, A., King, C.C.

Excursion to Upnor, May 8th, 1880. 6 (7) 1880. p 336–337. Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Upnor. Saturday, May 8th, 1880 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 48–49''']]

Excursion to Oxford, May 17th and 18th, 1880. 6 (7) 1880. p 338–344. Prestwich, J., Parker, J., Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to Aylesbury, May 29th, 1880. 6 (7) 1880. p 344–352. Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to Kew Gardens, Richmond, and Kingston Hill, June 12th, 1880. 6 (8) 1880. p 370–372. Hooker, J.D., Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Kew Gardens, Richmond, and Kingston Hill. Saturday, June 12th, 1880 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 83–84]]

Excursion to Croydon and Riddlesdown, June 19th, 1880. 6 (8) 1880. p 372–373. Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Croydon and Riddlesdown. Saturday, June 19th, 1880 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 81–83''']]

Excursion to Redhill, June 26th, 1880. 6 (8) 1880. p 373–374. Meyer, C.J.A. [[Excursion to Redhill. Saturday, 26th June, 1880 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 109–110]]

Excursion to Maidstone, June 11th, 1880. 6 (8) 1880. p 392–393. Morris, J.

Excursion to Leith Hill and Dorking, July, 24th. 1880. 6 (8) 1880. p 393–395. Irving, A., Maybury, A.C. [[Excursion to Leith Hill and Dorking. Saturday, July 24th, 1880 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 90–92]]

Excursion to Bristol, August 15th 1880, and five following days. 6 (8) 1880. p 396–402. Sollas, W.J., Winwood, H.H., Whidborne, G.F., Pass, A.C.

== 1881 ==

Excursion to Salisbury, Stonehenge, and Vale of Wardour, April 18 and 19, 1881. 7 (2) 1881. p 134. Hudleston, W.H., Phene, J.S., Blackmore, H.P.

Excursion to Charlton, Blackheath, and Lewisham, April 30, 1881. 7 (2) 1881. p 142. Lobley, J.L. [[Charlton, Blackheath, and Lewisham. April 30th, 1881 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 5–8''']]

Excursion to Croydon, Shirley, and Addington, May 7, 1881. 7 (2) 1881. p 145. Flower, J., Lobley, J.L., Klaasen, H.M. [[Excursion to Croydon, Shirley, and Addington. May 7th, 1881 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 75–79]]

Excursion to Grays, May 14, 1881. 7 (2) 1881. p 148. Morris, J., Walker, H.

Excursion to Sheppey, May 23, 1881. 7 (2) 1881. p 149. Shrubsole, W.H. [[Excursion to Sheppey, Monday, May 23rd, 1881 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 46–47''']]

Excursion to the East End of the Isle of Wight, June 6, 7 and 8, 1881. 7 (3) 1881. p 185. Morris, J., Price, F.G.H., Tawney, E.B.

Excursion to Higham, Kent, June 18, 1881. 7 (3) 1881. p 189. Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Higham, Kent. June 18th, 1881 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 50–51''']]

Excursion to Totternhoe, Kensworth, and Luton, June 25, 1881. 7 (3) 1881. p 191. Morris, J., Sanders, J., Hopkinson, J.

== 1882 ==

On the geology of the neighbourhood of Keswick (with reference to the Long excursion). 7 (4) 1882. p 213. Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to the Lake District, July 18 to 23, 1881. 7 (4) 1882. p 236. Hudleston, W.H., Morris, J., De Rance, C.E., Dorer, W.K.

Excursion to Battle and Hastings, April 10th and 11th, 1882. 7 (6) 1882. p 356–359. Topley, W., Peyton, J.E.H. [[Excursion to Battle and Hastings. Easter Monday and Tuesday, April 10th and 11th, 1882 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 127–130]]

Excursion to Redhill and Crawley (Northern valley of the Weald), May 6, 1882. 7 (6) 1882. p 369–371. Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Redhill and Crawley (Northern valley of the Weald). Saturday, May 6th, 1882 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 111–114]]

Excursion to Tilgate Forest, Cuckfield and Haywards Heath (central elevations of the Weald), May 20, 1882. 7 (6) 1882. p 372–375. Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Tilgate Forest, Cuckfield, and Hayward's Heath. (Central elevations of The Weald.) Saturday, May 20th, 1882 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 116–118]]

Excursion to the Isle of Purbeck, May 29 and 30, 1882. 7 (6) 1882. p 376–390. Morris, J.

Excursion to Haywards Heath and Ditchling Beacon (Southern valley of the Weald), June 10, 1882. 7 (7) 1883. p 395–397. Lobley, J.L. [[Excursion to Hayward's Heath and Ditchling Beacon. Saturday, June 70th, 1882 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 118–120]]

Excursion to Rickmansworth, June 17, 1882. 7 (7) 1883. p 397–399. Whitaker, W., Hopkinson, J. [[Excursion to Rickmansworth. Saturday, June 17th, 1882 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 149–152]]

Excursion to the Deneholes of Bexley, June 24, 1882. 7 (7) 1883. p 400–403. Spurrell, F.C.J., Holmes, T.V. [[Excursion to the deneholes of Bexley. June 24th, 1882 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 26–28''']]

Excursion to Croydon, July 1, 1882. 7 (7) 1883. p 403–403. Klassen, H.M.

Excursion to the West Riding of Yorkshire, July 17 to 22, 1882. 7 (7) 1883. p 420–438. Davis, J.W.

== 1883 ==

Excursion to Hythe, the northeast corner of Romney Marsh, Sandgate and Folkestone, March 26th and 27th, 1883. 8 (2) 1883. p 92–96. Mackeson, H.B., Topley, W. [[Excursion to Hythe, the N.E. corner of Romney Marsh, Sandgate and Folkestone. March 26th and 27th, 1883 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 67–69''']]

Excursion to Westcombe Park, Greenwich, and Loampit Hill, Lewisham, April 7th, 1883. 8 (3) 1883. p 112–113. Holmes, T.V. [[Westcombe Park, Greenwich, and Loampit Hill, Lewisham. April 7th, 1883 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 9–11''']]

Excursion to Berkhampstead and Bourne End, April 21st, 1883. 8 (3) 1883. p 117–123. Evans, J., Hopkinson, J. [[Excursion to Berkhampstead and Bourne End. Saturday, 21st April, 1883 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 161–165]]

Excursion to Homerton, May 5th, 1883. 8 (3) 1883. p 124–131. Smith, W.G. [[Excursion to Homerton. Saturday, May 5th, 1883 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 131–140]]

The geology of the district visited during the Whitsuntide excursion, 1883. (Hunstanton). 8 (3) 1883. p 124–124. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Hunstanton, May 14th and 15th, 1883. 8 (3) 1883. p 132–141. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Perivale, May 26th, 1883. 8 (3) 1883. p 141–142. Henslow, J.S., Jones, T.R. [[Excursion to Perivale. Saturday, May 26th, 1883 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 145–146]]

Excursion to the deneholes of Hangman's Wood, near Gray's, Essex. June 16th, 1883. 8 (3) 1883. p 182–184. Holmes, T.V., Walker, H.

Excursion to Croydon, June 2nd, 1883. 8 (3) 1883. p 182–182. Morris, J., Klassen, H.M.

Excursion to Worth, June 30th, 1883. 8 (3) 1883. p 185–186. Topley, W. [[Excursion to Worth. June 30th, 1883 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 114–115]]

On the geology of the district in North Wales to be visited during the Long excursion. 8 (4) 1883. p 187–192. Hicks, H.

Excursion to the Medway Valley from Maidstone to Aylesford, July 14th, 1883. 8 (4) 1883. p 192–194. Lobley, J.L.

Excursion to Bangor, Snowdon, Holyhead &c July 23rd -28th, 1883. 8 (4) 1883. p 195–207. Hughes, T.McK.

== 1884 ==

Excursion to Lincoln, April 14th and 15th 1884. 8 (7) 1884. p 383–389. Dalton, W.H., Strahan, A., Carr, W.D.

Excursion to Guildford and the new railway works in progress there, April 26th, 1884. 8 (7) 1884. p 390–391. Godwin-Austen, H.H. [[Excursion to Guildford and the new railway works in progress there. Saturday, April 26th, 1884 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 98–102]]

Excursion to the Crystal Palace, May 10th, 1884. 8 (7) 1884. p 391–392. Price, D.S., Topley, W.

Excursion to Tilbury Docks (in connection with the Essex Field Club), May 17th, 1884. 8 (7) 1884. p 392–396. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Epsom and Dorking, May 24th, 1884. 8 (7) 1884. p 396–399. Dalton, W.H., French, H.H. [[Excursion to Epsom and Dorking May 24th, 1884 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 86–88]]

Excursion to Cambridge, June 2nd and 3rd, 1884. 8 (7) 1884. p 399–404. Hughes, T.McK.

Excursion to Caterham and Merstham, June 14th, 1884. 8 (7) 1884. p 411–413. Lobley, J.L.

Excursion to International Health Exhibition, Saturday, June 28th, 1884. 8 (7) 1884. p 413–418. De Rance, C.E.

On the geology of South Devon, with special reference to the Long excursion. 8 (8) 1885. p 442–452. Ussher, W.A.E.

Excursion to Radlett, July 12th, 1884. 8 (8) 1885. p 452–458. Hopkinson, J. [[Excursion To Radlett. July 12th, 1884 - Geologists' Association excursion|'''Record of excursions 1860–1890, p. 165–168]]

Excursion to South Devon, July 21st, and five following days. 8 (8) 1885. p 458–480. Champernowne, A., Pengelly, W., Worth, R.N.

== 1885 ==

Excursion to Canterbury, Reculvers, Pegwell Bay, and Richborough, April 6th and 7th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 168–177. Whitaker, W., Dowker, G.

Excursion to the deneholes of Hangman's Wood, Grays (in conjunction with the Essex Field Club), May 9th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 179–181. Holmes, T.V., Cole, W.

Excursion to Hertford and Ware (in conjunction with the Hertfordshire Natural History Society), May 16th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 182–186. Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to Sherborne and Bridport, May 25th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 187–199. Hudleston, W.H., .B.

Excursion to Bridport, Bothenhampton, Burton Bradstock, Bridport Harbour, and Eype, May 26th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 200–209. Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to Reading, June 6th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 209–212. Blake, J.H., Stevens, J.

Excursion to Erith and Crayford, June 13th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 213–216. Spurrell, F.C.J.

Excursion to East Grinstead and West Hoathly (in conjunction with the Croydon Microscopical Club), June 27th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 217–219. Easton, E.

Excursion to Aldershot and Wellington College, July 11th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 219–222. Irving, A.

Excursion to Wokingham, Easthampstead, and Ascot, July 18th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 222–224. Irving, A.

Excursion to Ampthill and Bedford, July 25th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 225–227. Cameron, A.C.G.

Excursion to Belgium and the French Ardennes - Brussels, Givet, Dinant, Namur, Grotto of Han &c., August 10th to 15th, 1885. 9 (4) 1886. p 261–286. Dupont, M.E., Gosselet, J., Purves, J.C.

== 1886 ==

Visit to the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, Lincoln's-Inn-Fields, April 17th, 1886. (Demonstration on Pterosauria &c.). 9 (8) 1887. p 521–521. Stewart, C.

Excursion to Salisbury and Stonehenge, April 26th and 27th, 1886. 9 (8) 1887. p 522–532. Blackmore, H.P., Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Ewell and Epsom (in conjunction with the Sutton Scientific Society), May 1st, 1886. 9 (8) 1887. p 532–534. French, H.H.

Excursion to Welwyn, May 15th, 1886. 9 (8) 1887. p 534–537. Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to Walton Common and St. George's Hill, May 29th, 1886. 9 (8) 1887. p 537–544. Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to Dungeness, Rye and Hastings, June 14th and 15th, 1886. 9 (8) 1887. p 544–547. Topley, W., Peyton, J.E.H., Wilks, G.

Excursion to Pinner, June 26th, 1886. 9 (8) 1887. p 548–550. Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to the Maidstone District, July 10th, 1886. 9 (8) 1887. p 551–554. Boulger, G.S.

Excursion to Northumberland, August 2nd to 7th, 1886. 9 (8) 1887. p 582–596. Lebour, G.A., Wilson, F.R.

== 1887 ==

Easter excursion, 1887 - preliminary excursion to Southampton (in conjunction with the Hampshire Field Club). 10 (4) 1888. p 132–141. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Brighton and Newhaven, April 11th and 12th, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 141–144. Willett, H., Topley, W.

Excursion to Whetstone and Finchley, April 23rd, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 145–147. Woodward, H.B., Goodchild, J.G.

Excursion to the Brent Valley, Dollis Hill, and Hampstead, May 7th, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 148–153. Lobley, J.L.

Excursion to Merstham, Redhill, and Reigate (in conjunction with the Croydon Microscopical and Natural History Club), May 21st, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 154–157. Topley, W.

Excursion to Cirencester and Minchinhampton, May 30th and 31st, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 157–163. Harker, A., Witchell, E.

Excursion to Rickmansworth (in conjunction with the Hertfordshire Natural History Society)., June 4th, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 163–166. Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to Aylesbury, June 11th, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 166–172. Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to the Mount, Ealing, and Horsington Hill (in conjunction with the Ealing Microscopical and Natural History Society), June 18th, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 172–181. Brown, J.A.

Excursion to Gomshall, Netley Heath, and Clandon, June 25th, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 182–186. French, H.H.

Excursion to Sudbury, Suffolk ( in conjunction with the Essex Field Club), July 9th, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 187–191. Holden, J.S., Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Plumstead and Bostal Heath, July 16th, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 191–194. Goodchild, J.G.

Excursion to Sheppey, August 1st, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 194–195. Shrubole, W.H.

Excursion to Cornwall, August 8th to 13th, 1887. 10 (4) 1888. p 196–216. Thomas, W., Barnett, A.K.

Excursion to Wimbledon and Putney, Saturday afternoon, May 5th, 1888. 10 (9) 1889. p 471. Prouse, O.M., Topley, W.

Excursion to Charnwood Forest, Monday and Tuesday, May 21st and 22nd, 1888. 10 (9) 1889. p 472. Hill, E., Paul, J.D.

Notes on the microscopic character of some specimens of rocks collected during the excursion to Charnwood Forest. 10 (9) 1889. p 476. McMahon, C.A.

== 1888 ==

Excursion to Laindon (or Langdon ) Hills, Essex, June 9th, 1888. 10 (9) 1889. p 489. Whitaker, W., Crouch, W.

Excursion to the Forest of Dean, Wye Valley, and South Wales, August 6th, to 11th, 1888. 10 (9) 1889. p 542. Rudler, F.W.

Easter excursion, 1888. Preliminary excursion to Newbury, March 30th and 31st, 1888. 11 . 1889. p xiii–xvi. Whitaker, W., Bennett, F.J.

Excursion to Loampit Hill, Lewisham, and West Combe Park, Greenwich, July 7th, 1888. 10 (9) 1889. p 501. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Bedford and Clapham, July 21st, 1888. 10 (9) 1889. p 504. Cameron, A.C.G.

== 1889 ==

Excursion to Boxmoor and Nash Mills ( in conjunction with the Hertfordshire Natural History Society), May 18th, 1889. 11 . 1889. p lviii–lxii. Hopkinson, J., Morison, J.

Excursion to Brentwood (in conjunction with the Essex Field Club), May 25th, 1889. 11 . 1889. p lxii–lxvi. Herries, R.S., Monckton, H.W., Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to Ightham (Kent) June 1st 1889. 11 . 1889. p lxvi–lxvii. Prestwich, J., Topley, W.

Whitsuntide excursion to the Crag district, June 8th to 11th, 1889. 11 . 1889. p lxviii–lxxii. Whitaker, W., Taylor, J.E.

Excursion to Higham, June 22nd, 1889. 11 . 1889. p lxxii–lxxiv. Spurrell, F.C.J.

Excursion to Reading, June 16th, 1888. 10 (9) 1889. p 493. Blake, J.H.

Excursion to Godstone, Tilburstow, and Nutfield, June 23rd. 10 (9) 1889. p 496. Boulger, G.S.

Sketch of the geology of the Forest of Dean, with special reference to the long excursion. 10 (9) 1889. p 522. Gwinnell, W.F.

Excursion to Totternhoe and Ivinghoe (in conjunction with the Hertfordshire Natural History Society), June 29th, 1889. 11 . 1889. p Ixxiv–lxxxi. Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to Rickmansworth, June 30th, 1888. 10 (9) 1889. p 499. Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to Limpsfield (Surrey). July 13th, 1889. 11 . 1889. p lxxxii–lxxxiii. Prestwich, J., Topley, W.

Excursion to north-west Cumberland and Edenside, August 5th to 10th, 1889. 11 . 1889. p lxxxv–cii. Holmes, T.V., Goodchild, J.G.

== 1890 ==

Excursion to Weymouth, April 22nd and 23rd, 1890. 11 . 1889. p xlix–lvii. Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to Southampton, April 2nd and 3rd, 1888. 11 . 1889. p xvi–xx. Whitaker, W., Gardner, J.S.

Preliminary excursion to Lyme Regis, April 18th to 22nd, 1889. 11 . 1889. p xxvi–xlix. Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to Potters Bar and Hatfield, 19th April, 1890. 11 . 1889. p cxl–cxliii. Green, U.

Excursion to Crayford, 3rd May, 1890. 11 . 1889. p cxliv–cxliv. Spurrell, F.C.J.

Excursion to Walton-on-Naze (in conjunction with the Essex Field Club and the Ipswich Scientific Society), 7th June, 1890. 11 . 1889. p cl–cliii. Whitaker, W., Galloway, W., Gwinnell, W.F.

Excursion to the Bagshot country between Aldershot and Brookwood, 14th June 1890. 11 . 1889. p cliv–clv. Monckton, H.B., Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Wokingham and Wellington College, 21st June 1890. 11 . 1889. p clvi–clxiii. Irving, A.

Excursion to Leith Hill, 28th June 1890. 11 . 1889. p clxiii–clxvii. Topley, W.

Excursion to Shenley, 19th July, 1890. 11 . 1889. p clxix–clxxi. Green, U.

Excursion to Arundel, 12th July, 1890. 11 . 1889. p clxvii–clxix. Reid, C.

Excursion to the Mendip Hills, 4th to 9th August, 1890. 11 . 1889. p clxxi–ccxvi. Winwood, H.H., Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to the South Italian volcanoes. 11 (8) 1890. p 389–423. Johnston-Lavis, H.J.

Excursion to Swanscombe, 17th May, 1890. 11 . 1889. p cxlv–clvi. Spurrell, F.C.J.

Excursion to Oxford, 26th and 27th May, 1890. 11 . 1889. p cxlvi–cl. Green, A.H.

== 1891 ==

Excursion to the Isle of Wight, March 26th to March 31st, 1891. 12 (3) 1891. p 91–91. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to the cutting near Shortlands Station on the Nunhead and Shortlands Railway, April 11th, 1891. 12 (3) 1891. p 92–97. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Guildford, May 2nd, 1891. 12 (3) 1891. p 97–99. Godwin-Austen, R.A.C.,, Monckton, H.W., Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Northampton, May 16th to 19th 1891. 12 (3) 1891. p 100–100. Thompson, B., Crick, W.D.

Excursion to West Surrey, May 30th, 1891. 12 (3) 1891. p 100–104. Hudleston, W.H.

Excursion to the Isle of Wight, March 26th to 31st, 1891. 12 (5) 1891. p 145–172. Holmes, T.V., Leighton, T.

Excursion to Northamptonshire, May 16th to 19th, 1891. 12 (5) 1891. p 172–190. Thompson, B., Crick, W.D.

Excursion to Upnor, June 6th, 1891. 12 (5) 1891. p 190–191. Whitaker, W., Bird, C., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Selborne (in conjunction with the Hampshire Field Club), June 13th, 1891. 12 (5) 1891. p 192–193. Sclater, P.L., Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Grays Thurrock, June 20th, 1891. 12 (5) 1891. p 194–194. Spurrell, F.C.J.

Excursion to the new railway between Grays and Upminster, Essex, June 27th, 1891. 12 (5) 1891. p 195–201. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Chelmsford (in conjunction with the Essex Field Club), July 11th, 1891. 12 (5) 1891. p 202–204. Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Henley-on-Thames and Nettlebed, July 18th, 1891. 12 (5) 1891. p 204–206. Blake, J.H.

Excursion to the east coast of Yorkshire, August 3rd to August 8th, 1891. 12 (5) 1891. p 207–222. Lamplugh, G.W., Cole, E.M.

== 1892 ==

Excursion to the cuttings on the new railway between Upminster and Romford, Essex, March 5th, 1892. 12 (8) 1892. p 316–319. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Devizes, Swindon, and Faringdon, Easter, 1892. I. Devizes, Seend, Etchilhampton and Potterne, April 15th. 12 (8) 1892. p 323–326. Bell, W.H., Bennett, F.J.

Excursion to Devizes, Swindon, and Faringdon, Easter, 1892. II. Swindon, April 18th. 12 (8) 1892. p 326–327. Bell, W.H., Bennett, F.J.

Excursion to Devizes, Swindon, and Faringdon, Easter, 1892. III. Faringdon and Abingdon, April 19th. 12 (8) 1892. p 327–333. Bell, W.H., Bennett, F.J.

Excursion to Hendon and Finchley, April 30th, 1892. 12 (8) 1892. p 334–337. Hicks, H.

Excursion to Walthamstow, May 7th, 1892. 12 (8) 1892. p 338–339. Gregory, J.W.

Excursion to Wendover, May 14th, 1892. 12 (8) 1892. p 340–342. Green, U., Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to St Albans, May 28th, 1892. 12 (8) 1892. p 342–344. Hopkinson, J., Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Lenham, Kent, May 21st, 1892. 12 (9) 1892. p 385–385. Dowker, G., Reid, C.

Excursion to Nottingham, June 4th to June 7th, 1892. 12 (9) 1892. p 386–392. Coke, G.E.

Excursion to Down, June 18th, 1892. 12 (9) 1892. p 393–395. Darwin, W.E., Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Woburn Sands and Sandy, June 25th, 1892. 12 (9) 1892. p 395–403. Cameron, A.C.G.

Excursion to Wotton and Ranmer, July 9th, 1892. 12 (9) 1892. p 403–406. Leighton, T., Boulger, G.S.

Excursion to Taplow and Bowsey Hill, July 16, 1892. 12 (9) 1892. p 406–408. Blake, J.H.

Long excursion to north-west Caernarvonshire and Anglesey, July 25th to July 30th, 1892. 12 (9) 1892. p 409–415. Coke, G.E.

== 1893 ==

Excursion to Ilford, 25th March 1893. 13 (3) 1893. p 53–53. Spurrell, F.C.J.

Excursion to Norwich, the Bure Valley, Cromer, and Lowestoft; Easter, 1893. I. - Norwich. 13 (3) 1893. p 54–59. Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to Norwich, the Bure Valley, Cromer, and Lowestoft; Easter, 1893. II. - Mundesley, Trimingham, and Cromer. 13 (3) 1893. p 59–63. Reid, C.

Excursion to Norwich, the Bure Valley, Cromer, and Lowestoft; Easter, 1893. III. - The Bure Valley and Wroxham Broad. 13 (3) 1893. p 63–64. Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to Norwich, the Bure Valley, Cromer, and Lowestoft; Easter, 1893. IV - Weybourn, Sherringham [Sheringham], and Cromer. 13 (3) 1893. p 64–67. Reid, C.

Excursion to Norwich, the Bure Valley, Cromer, and Lowestoft; Easter, 1893. V. - Lowestoft and Kessingland. 13 (3) 1893. p 67–69. Blake, J.H.

Excursion to Dartford Heath, 15th April, 1893. 13 (3) 1893. p 70–70. Spurrell, F.C.J.

Excursion to Brill, 22nd April, 1893. 13 (3) 1893. p 71–74. Blake, J.F.

Excursion to Farnham, 13th May, 1893. 13 (3) 1893. p 74–81. Monckton, H.W., Mangles, H.A.

Excursion to Amwell and Chadwell Springs, 6th May, 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 123–125. Francis, J., Topley, W.

Excursion to Bath, Midford, and Dundry Hill, in Somerset, and to Bradford-on-Avon and Westbury, in Wiltshire; Whitsuntide, 1893. I. - Bath and Midford, 20th May, 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 125–128. Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to Bath, Midford, and Dundry Hill, in Somerset, and to Bradford-on-Avon and Westbury, in Wiltshire; Whitsuntide, 1893. II. - Dundry Hill, 21st May, 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 128–132. Wilson, E.

Excursion to Bath, Midford, and Dundry Hill, in Somerset, and to Bradford-on-Avon and Westbury, in Wiltshire; Whitsuntide, 1893. III. Bradford-on-Avon, 22nd May, 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 132–137. Winwood, H.H., Wickes, W.H.

Excursion to Bath, Midford, and Dundry Hill, in Somerset, and to Bradford-on-Avon and Westbury, in Wiltshire; Whitsuntide, 1893. IV. - Westbury (Wilts), 23rd May, 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 137–140. Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to Dorking, 3rd June, 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 140–141. Boulger, G.S., Leighton, T.

Excursion to Hythe, Sandgate, and Folkestone, 10th June, 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 142–151. Price, F.G.H., Leighton, T.

Excursion along the new railway from Blackheath to Bexley Heath 17th June, 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 152–157. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Basted and Ightham, 24th June 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 157–162. Abbott, E.J.L., Newton, E.T.

Excursion to Abinger, 8th July 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 163–167. Leighton,T.

Excursion to the counties of Dublin and Wicklow, 24th to 29th July, 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 168–177. Sollas, W.J., Grenville, Prof., Cole, A.J.

Excursion to the deneholes of Hangman's Wood, near Grays Thurrock, Essex, 11th and 12th August 1893. 13 (5) 1893. p 178–182. Holmes, T.V., Cole, W.

== 1894 ==

Excursion to Bournemouth and Barton; Easter, 1894. 13 (8) 1894. p 274–281. Gardner, J.S.

Excursion to Harefield, 14th April, 1894. 13 (8) 1894. p 281–283. Green, U., Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Wellingborough, 28th April 1894. 13 (8) 1894. p 283–291. Thompson, B., Crick, W.D.

Excursion to Oxted and Titsey, 5th May 1894. 13 (8) 1894. p 291–292. Leveson-Gower, G., Topley, W.

Excursion to Cambridge and Ely: Whitsuntide, 1894. 13 (8) 1894. p 292–295. Hughes, T.McK., Marr, J.E.

The geology of south Shropshire, with special reference to the district to be visited during the Long Excursion. 13 (9) 1894. p 297–355. Lapworth, C., Watts, W.W.

Excursion to Luton, Caddington, and Dunstable, 26th May, 1894. 13 (10) 1894. p 367–367. Hopkinson, J., Smith, W.G.

Excursion to North Finchley and Whetstone, 2nd June, 1894. 13 (10) 1894. p 367–368. Hicks, H.

Excursion to Northfleet, 16th June 1894. 13 (10) 1894. p 368–369. Jones, T.R., Spurrell, F.C.J.

Excursion to Redhill and Nutfield, 23rd June, 1894. 13 (10) 1894. p 371–374. Meyer, C.J.A., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Herne Bay, 30th June, 1894. 13 (10) 1894. p 375–377. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Guildford and Shalford, 21st July, 1894. 13 (10) 1894. p 377–381. Gregory, J.W.

Excursion to the county of Shropshire, 30th July, to 4th August, 1894. 13 (10) 1894. p 381–387. Lapworth, C., Watts, W.W.

Excursion to Elstree, 10th November, 1894. 13 (10) 1894. p 387–387. Blake, J.F.

== 1895 ==

Notes of a geological excursion in Switzerland. 14 (2) 1895. p 40–58. Hughes, T McKenny, Monckton, H.W., Hume, W.F.

Excursion to Hampstead, March 30th, 1895. 14 (3) 1895. p 97–98. Davies, A.M.

Excursion to the Tertiary Beds of the Isle of Wight, Easter, 1895. 14 (3) 1895. p 99–111. Herries, R.S., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Charlton, April 20th, 1895. 14 (3) 1895. p 111–114. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Brigstock and Geddington, April 27th, 1895. 14 (3) 1895. p 114–118. Thompson, B., Crick, W.D.

Excursion to Hanwell, Iver, and West Drayton, May 4th, 1895. 14 (3) 1895. p 118–120. Brown, J.A.

Excursion to Chilworth, May 11th, 1895. 14 (3) 1895. p 120–124. Gregory, J.W.

Excursion to Betchworth and Headley, May 18th, 1895. 14 (3) 1895. p 124–128. Monckton, H.W., Stebbing, W.P.D.

Excursion to Goring, May 25th, 1895. 14 (4) 1895. p 175–176. Whitaker, W., Blake, J.H.

Excursion to Banbury, Bloxham, Edge Hill and Hook Norton, Whitsuntide 1895. 14 (5) 1895. p 177–185. Walford, E.A.

Excursion to Chelmsford, June 8th, 1895. 14 (5) 1895. p 188–191. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Tilburstow Hill, June 15th, 1895. 14 (5) 1895. p 191–192. Leighton, T.

Excursion to Totternhoe, June 22nd, 1895. 14 (5) 1895. p 193–194. Hill, W.

Excursion to Burham and Aylesford, June 29th, 1895. 14 (5) 1895. p 194–195. Bird, C., Hume, W.F.

Excursion to the Kentish Plateau, July 13th, 1895. 14 (5) 1895. p 196–198. Abbott, W.J.L.

Excursion to Tunbridge Wells, July 20th, 1895. 14 (5) 1895. p 198–200. Herries, R.S., Abbott, G.

Long excursion to Belfast, the coast of Antrim, and the Mourne Mountains, July 29th to August 3rd, 1895. 14 (5) 1895. p 200–206. McHenry, A., Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Sevenoaks, August 24th, 1895. 14 (5) 1895. p 207–208. Abbott, W.J.L.

== 1896 ==

Excursion to Galley Hill, near Northfleet, and Swanscomb Hill [Swanscombe Hill], March 28th 1896. 14 (8) 1896. p 305–306. Newton, E.T., Spurrell, F.C.J., Stopes, H.

Excursion to Swanage, Corfe Castle, Kimmeridge, etc., Easter 1896. 14 (8) 1896. p 307–324. Hudleston, W.H., Mansel, O.L., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Hendon, April 25th, 1896. 14 (8) 1896. p 327–331. Hicks, H., Stebbing, W.P.D., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Dorking and Leith Hill, May 2nd, 1896. 14 (8) 1896. p 331–336. Leighton, T.

Excursion to Chingford Museum and Epping Forest, May 9th, 1896. 14 (8) 1896. p 336–339. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Chippenham, Calne, Kellaways and Corsham, Whitsuntide 1896. 14 (8) 1896. p 339–354. Winwood, H.H., Woodward, H.B.

The Palaeozoic rocks of West Somerset and North Devon (with special reference to the districts to be visited during the long excursion of 1896).. 14 (9) 1896. p 357–370. Hicks, H.

Excursion to Reading, May 31st, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 381–383. Shrubsole, O.A., Whitaker, W.

Excursion to the Tattingstone Crag district of Suffolk, June 6th, 1896. 14 (10) 1896. p 409–410. Newton, E.T., Ridley, E.P.

Excursion to Reading, June 13th, 1896. 14 (10) 1896. p 411–415. Blake, J.H., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Hitchin, June 20th, 1896. 14 (10) 1896. p 415–419. Hill, W., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Potter's Bar and Hatfield, July 4th, 1896. 14 (10) 1896. p 420–421. Salter, A.E.

Excursion to the new railway at Catesby, Northamptonshire, July 11th, 1896. 14 (10) 1896. p 421–430. Thompson, B.

Excursion to Nottingham and Leicester, July 18th, 1896. 14 (10) 1896. p 430–433. Coke, G.E., Carr, J.W., Watts, W.W.

Long excursion to west Somerset and north Devon, July 27th to August 1st, 1896. 14 (10) 1896. p 433–440. Hicks, H., Winwood, H.H., Hamling, J.G.

== 1897 ==

Excursion to Chesham and Cowcroft (Tyler's Hill), April 3rd, 1897. 15 (3) 1897. p 87–90. Green, U., Allan, H.A.

Excursion to Aylesbury, Hartwell, and Stone, April 10th, 1897. 15 (3) 1897. p 90–95. Davies, A.M., Emary, P.

Excursion to Walmer, St Margarets, Dover, Folkstone, and Romney Marsh, Easter, 1897. 15 (3) 1897. p 97–101. Dowker, G., Gwinnell, W.F., Rowe, A.W., Sherborn, C.D.

Excursion to Cookham, May 1st 1897. 15 (3) 1897. p 101–104. Treacher, L.

Excursion to Tunbridge Wells, May 8th 1897. 15 (3) 1897. p 105–106. Abbott, G., Young, A.C.

Excursion to Chiselhurst, May 15th, 1897. 15 (3) 1897. p 108–110. Whitaker, W., Holmes, T.V., Stebbing, W.P.D.

Excursion to Erith and Crayford, May 22nd, 1897. 15 (3) 1897. p 110–113. Spurrell, F.C.J., Stebbing, W.P.D.
Excursion to Leighton Buzzard, June 19th, 1897. 15 (5) 1897. p 183–185. Cameron, A.C.G., Stebbing, W.P.D.

Excursion to Redhill and Merstham (New Railway), June 26th, 1897. 15 (3) 1897. p 113–115. Hinde, G.J., Whitaker, W.

An excursion from Bathgate to Linlithgow. 15 (4) 1897. p 145–149. Geikie, J.

An excursion from St Monans to Elie. 15 (4) 1897. p 149–151. Geikie, J.

Excursion to Cheltenham and Stroud, Whitsuntide, 1897. 15 (5) 1897. p 175–182. Wethered, E., Buckman, S.S., Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Woking, July 3rd, 1897. 15 (5) 1897. p 185–188. Meeson, F., Foley, M.C.

Excursion to Peterborough, July 10th, 1897. 15 (5) 1897. p 188–193. Leeds, A.N., Woodward, A.S., Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Bishop's Stortford, July 17th, 1897. 15 (5) 1897. p 193–197. Irving, A.

Long excursion to Edinburgh, Bathgate, The Pentlands, Stirling, Burntisland and Kinghorn, Cockburnspath, Elie, and St Monans, July 26th to 31st, 1897. 15 (5) 1897. p 197–206. Geikie, J., Goodchild, J.G., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Whitchurch, Oving, and Quainton, September, 4th, 1897. 15 (5) 1897. p 207–209. Davies, A.M.

Excursion to Otford and the Holmesdale Valley, September 18th, 1897. 15 (5) 1897. p 209–210. Kennard, A.S.

== 1898 ==

Excursion to Bridport and Weymouth Easter 1898. 15 (8) 1898. p 293–304. Blake, J.F., Hudleston, W.H., Buckman, S.S.

Excursion to Reading, April 23rd, 1898. 15 (8) 1898. p 304–308. Blake, J.H.

Excursion to Ayot Green and Hatfield Hyde, May 14th, 1898. 15 (8) 1898. p 308–311. Hopkinson, J., Salter, A.E.

Excursion to Penn and Coleshill, Bucks, May 21st, 1898. 15 (8) 1898. p 311–312. Stebbing, W.P.D.

Long excursion to the Birmingham district, July 28th, 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 417–428. Lapworth, C., Harrison, W.J., King, W.W., Wilson, T.S.

Excursion to Hillmorton,and Rugby, May 7th 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 428–433. Thompson, B.

Excursion to Aldeburgh, Westleton, and Dunwich, May 29th to June 1st, 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 434–444. Whitaker, W., Harmer, F.W., Ridley, E.P.

Excursion to Godalming, June 11th, 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 445–450. Leighton, T.

Excursion to Crowborough, June 18th, 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 450–452. Abbott, G., Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Sudbury, June 25th, 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 452–456. Gregory, J.W.

Excursion to Kingswood and Walton-on-the-Hill, July 2nd, 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 456–458. Whitaker, W., Stebbing, W.P.D.

Excursion to Upper Warlingham and Worms Heath, July 9th, 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 458–459. Whitaker, W., Salter, A.E., Hinde, G.J.

Excursion to Sheppey, July 16th, 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 459–462. Whitaker, W., Holmes, T.V., Shrubhole, W.H.

Excursion to Gravesend, September 10th, 1898. 15 (10) 1898. p 463–464. Dibley, G.E.

== 1899 ==

A sketch of the geology of central Brittany. With special reference to the Whitsuntide excursion for 1899. 16 (3) 1899. p 101–132. Barrois, C.H.

Excursion to Seaton, Sidmouth, Budleigh Salterton, and Exeter, Easter 1899. 16 (3) 1899. p 133–153. Woodward, H.B., Ussher, W.A.E.

Cycling excursion from Winchfield to Wokingham, April 8th, 1899. 16 (3) 1899. p 153–155. Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to new railway, Walton-on-the-Hill and Betchworth, April 15th, 1899. 16 (3) 1899. p 155–157. Whitaker, W., Stebbing, W.P.D.

Excursion to Staines, April 22nd, 1899. 16 (3) 1899. p 163–163. Whitaker, W., McNeill, B., Allen, H.A.

Excursion to Weldon, Dene, and Gretton, April 29th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 226–231. Thompson, B.

Excursion to the Thame district, May 6th, 1899. 16 (3) 1899. p 157–159. Davies, A.M.

Excursion to Ilford, May 13th, 1899. 16 (3) 1899. p 160–161. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Brittany, May 18th to 24th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 231–240. Barrois, C.

Excursion to central Brittany, May 18th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 240–242. Lebesconte, P., Bezier, T.

Supplementary excursion to Laval, May 25th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 242–243. Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Bushey and Harrow Weald, May 27th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 243–244. Blake, J.F.

Excursion to Reigate, June 3rd, 1899. 16 (3) 1899. p 162–163. Crosfield, M.C., Bullen, R.A.

Excursion to Rickmansworth and Harefield, June 10th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 244–246. Whitaker, W., Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to Lichfield and Cannock, June 17th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 246–248. Lapworth, C., Watts, W.W.

Excursion to Aldrington, Brighton, and Rottingdean, June 24th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 248–249. Chapman, F., Edmonds, H., Sherborn, C.D.

Excursion to Cuxton and Burham, July 1st, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 249–250. Dibley, G.E.

Cycling excursion to Chiltern Hills, July 8th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 251–254. White, H.J.O.

Excursion to Guildford and Godalming, July 15th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 254–255. Coomaraswamy, A.K.

Excursion to Claygate, Chessington, and Oxshott, July 22nd, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 256–256. Stebbing, W.P.D.

A sketch of the geology of the Lower Carboniferous rocks of Derbyshire. With special reference to the long Excursion of 1899. 16 (4) 1899. p 165–221. Bemrose, H.H.A.

Long excursion to Derbyshire, August 2nd to August 10th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 221–225. Bemrose, H.H.A., Hind, W., Barnes, J., Coke, G.E.

Excursion to Nottingham, August 10th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 225–226. Coke, G.E., Carr, Prof.
Excursion to Charlton, Erith, and Crayford, September 9th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 257–257. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to British Museum, Jermyn Street Museum, and Natural History Museum, September 11th, 1899. 16 (5) 1899. p 257–258. Meeson, F.

== 1900 ==

Visit to the Museum of the Geological Society, Burlington House, W. Saturday, February 10th, 1900.

Excursion to Newton Abbot, Chudleigh, Dartmoor, and Torquay, [Thursday, April 12th, to Tuesday, April 17th] Easter 1900. 16 (8) 1900. p 425–442. Woodward, H.B., Hunt, A.R., Ussher, W.A.E.

Excursion to Thorverton and Ideston, near Exeter. Saturday, 21st April, 1900. GA Circular No. 7. Session 1899–1900. p. [7]

Excursion to Wimbledon and Kingston, April 28th, 1900. 16 (8) 1900. p 443–445. Whitaker, W., Monckton, H.W., Stebbing, W.P.D.

Excursion to Hitchin and Arlesey, May 5th, 1900. 16 (8) 1900. p 446–447. Hill, W.

Excursion to Hertingfordbury, Bayford, and Brickenden Green, May 19th, 1900. 16 (8) 1900. p 447–448. Salter, A.E.

Excursion to Eastbourne and Seaford, May 26th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 500–500. Sherborn, C.D., Coomara-Swamy, A.K.

Excursion to Boxmoor, May 12th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 501–502. Green, U., Coomara-Swamy, A.K

Excursion to Malvern and district, Whitsuntide, June 2nd, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 503–510. Groom, T.T.

Excursion to Caterham, Godstone, and Tilburstow, June 16th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 510–511. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Guildford, June 23rd, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 512–513. Coomaraswamy, A.K.

Excursion to Silchester, June 30th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 513–516. Blake, J.H.

Excursion to Kettering and Thrapston, July 7th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 516–517. Blake, J.F., Thompson, B.

Excursion to Purley, Kenley, and Whyteleafe, July 14th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 518–518. Whitaker, W., Dibley, G.E.

Excursion to Winchfield and Hook, July 21st, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 519–522. Sclater, P.L., Monckton., H.W.

Excursion to the railway cutting south of Grove Park station, July 28th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 522–523. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Netley Heath, August 11th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 524–526. Stebbing, W.P.D.

Long excursion to Keswick, August 20th to August 25th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 526–532. Marr, J.E.

Excursion to Strood and Halling, September 8th, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 532–533. Dibley, G.E.

Excursion to Orpington, September 22nd, 1900. 16 (10) 1900. p 533–535. Holmes, T.V.

== 1901 ==

Excursion to the Start, Prawle, and Bolt districts, Easter, 1901. 17 (3) 1901. p 119–135. Hunt, A.R., Ussher, W.A.E.

Excursion to the East London Waterworks, Tottenham, April 20th, 1901. 17 (3) 1901. p 135–136. Whitaker, W., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Grove Park and Chiselhurst, April 27th 1901. 17 (3) 1901. p 136–137. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Swanscombe, May 4th, 1901. 17 (3) 1901. p 138–139. Kennard, A.S., Salter, A.E.

Excursion to Leighton Buzzard, Wing, and Stewkley, May 11th, 1901. 17 (3) 1901. p 139–141. Davies, A.M.

Excursion to Grays Thurrock, May 18th, 1901. 17 (3) 1901. p 141–144. Hinton, M.A.C., Kennard, A.S.

Excursion to the new G.W.R. [Great Western Railway] Line from Wootton Bassett to Filton, and to the district around Bristol, Whitsuntide, 1901. 17 (4) 1901. p 144–167. Baker, B.A., Buckman, S.S., Morgan, C.L., Reynolds, S.H.

Excursion to Cheam, Ewell, and Epsom, June 8th, 1901. 17 (4) 1901. p 167–169. Stebbing, W.P.D.

Excursion to Orpington, June 15th, 1901. 17 (4) 1901. p 169–171. Holmes, T.V., Osman, C.W.

Excursion to Heathfield and Brightling, June 22nd, 1901. 17 (4) 1901. p 171–175. Dawson, C.

Excursion to Stanmore, June 29th, 1901. 17 (4) 1901. p 175–176. Whitaker, W., Salter, A.E.

Excursion to Twyford and the Wargrave Outlier, July 6th, 1901. 17 (4) 1901. p 176–181. Treacher, L., White, H.J.O.

Excursion to Charlton and Plumstead, July 13th, 1901. 17 (4) 1901. p 182–184. Whitaker, W., Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Pulborough, July 20th, 1901. 17 (4) 1901. p 184–188. Eldsen, J.V.

Excursion to Woking, September 21st, 1901. 17 (5) 1901. p 265–268. Herries, R.S.

== 1902 ==
Excursion to Gower Peninsula, Easter, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 366–368. Tiddeman, R.H., Stebbing, W.P.D.

Excursion to the South Eastern Railway Main Line widening at Elmstead cutting and to Chiselhurst Caves, April 26th, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 368–370. Holmes, T.V., Osman, C.W.

Excursion to Cowcroft, May 3rd, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 370–370. Green, U.

Excursion to Guildford and Godalming, May 10th, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 371–372. Coomaraswamy, A.K.

Excursion to Charnwood Forest, Whitsuntide, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 373–381. Watts, W.W., Strangways, C.F., Martin, W.F.

Excursion to Headington, Shotover, and Wheatley, June 7th, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 383–385. Blake, J.F.

Excursion to the Valley of the Mole, Brockham, Reigate, and Redhill, June 14th, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 385–387. Stebbing, W.P.D., Whiitaker, W.

Excursion to Kintbury, Inkpen, and Woodhay, June 21st, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 388–395. White, H.J.O.

Excursion to Ayot and Welwyn, July 5th, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 396–397. Hopkinson, J., Salter, A.E.

Excursion to Frindsbury and Upnot, July 12th, 1902. 17 (9) 1896. p 397–398. Bird, C., Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Suffolk and Norfolk (Long excursion), July 26th to August 5th, 1902. 17 (9–10) 1902. p 480–488. Harmer, F.W., Whitaker, W., Monckton, H.W.

Long excursion to the Auvergne, August 17th to 30th, 1901. 17 (6) 1902. p 269–332. Boule, M.M., Giraud, M.J., Glangeaud, M.P.

Excursion to the S.E.R. Main Line widening at Elmstead cutting, October 4th, 1902. 17 (9–10) 1902. p 489–489. Holmes, T.V., Osman, C.W.

== 1903 ==
[[File:GA Image 0188.jpg|thumb|Easter 1903 [Group photograph and list of attendees]. Excursion to Salisbury and Vale of Wardour, Easter, 1903.]]
Excursion to Grays, March 21, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 143–144. Pocock, T.I.

Excursion to Salisbury and Vale of Wardour, Easter, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 146–161. Blackmore, H.P., Andrews, W.R. [[Excursion to Salisbury and Vale of Wardour, Easter, 1903 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 39. Session 1902–1903. p.2–6]]

Excursion to Loampit Hill, Lewisham, Crofton Park, and the Horniman Museum, April 25th 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 161–163. Whitaker, W., Salter, A.E.

Excursion to Kew Gardens, May 2nd, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 164–164. Judd, J.W., Clarke, C.B.

Excursion to Crayford and Erith, May 9th, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 165–166. Whitaker, W., Salter, A.E.

Excursion to Royston, May 16th, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 166–170. Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to Dunstable Downs, May 23rd, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 170–173. Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to North Staffordshire, Whitsuntide, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 173–184. Hind, W., Gibson, W., Wedd, C.B., Fane de Salis, R.

Cycling excursion to Aldershot district, June 6th, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 184–188. Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Denham and Gerrard's Cross. To the new cutting on the Great Western Railway, June 13th, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 188–190. Howe, J.A.

Excursion to Denham, June 13th, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 188.

Excursion to Kelvedon and Pottesbury, July 4th, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 191.

Excursion to the light railway between Kelvedon and Pottesbury, July 4th, 1903. 18 (3) 1903. p 191–192. Holmes, T.V.

Excursion to Felday, Holmbury Hill, and the Hurtwood, June 20th, 1903. 18 (5–6) 1904. p 297–299. Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Dunton Green and Sevenoaks, July 27th, 1903. 18 (5–6) 1904. p 299–300. Martin, P.A.B.

Excursion to Culham and Wallingford, July 11th, 1903. 18 (5–6) 1904. p 300–306. White, H.J.O.

Excursion to the coast north and south of Berwick-on-Tweed, Cockburn Law, the Cheviots, and the Eildon Hills (Long excursion), July 28th to August 4th 1903. 18 (5–6) 1904. p 307–321. Goodchild, J.G.

Excursion to Southwick, Fulwell, and Roker, August 7th, 1903. 18 (5–6) 1904. p 322–324. Abbott, G., Woolacott, D.

Excursion to Claxheugh, August 8th, 1903. 18 (5–6) 1904. p 324–325. Woolacott, D.

==1904 ==

Excursion to the new railway at Haddenham (Bucks.), March 5th, 1904. 18 (7) 1904. p 385–387. Davies, A.M.

Excursion to the Croydon Bourne, March 12th, 1904. 18 (7) 1904. p 388–389. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to the Vale of Evesham and the North Cotteswolds, Easter, 1904. 18 (8) 1904. p 391–408. Callaway, C., Richardson, L.

Excursions to Farnham gravel pits on April 23rd, and to the gravel pits at Dawley, between Hayes and West Drayton on April 25th, 1904. 18 (8) 1904. p 409–414. Mangles, H.A., Fane de Salis, R., Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Henley-on-Thames, May 7th, 1904. 18 (8) 1904. p 414–418. White, H.J.O.

Excursion to Buxton and North Derbyshire, Whitsuntide, 1904. 18 (8) 1904. p 419–427. Bemrose, H.H.A., Dawkins, B., Hubbersty, H.H.

Excursion to Cuxton, June 4th, 1904. 18 (9) 1904. p 463–466. Bennett, F.J.

Excursion to Hastings, June 11th, 1904. 18 (9) 1904. p 467–468. Abbott, W.J.L.

Excursion to Chilworth, Blackheath, and Pitch Hill, June 18th, 1904. 18 (10) 1904. p 469–474. Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Holborough and Burnham, July 2nd, 1904. 18 (10) 1904. p 474–475. Dibley, G.E.

Excursion to Selsey and Chichester, July 9th, 1904. 18 (10) 1904. p 475–479. Elsden, J.V., Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Upminster, Great Warley, and Brentwood, July 16th, 1904. 18 (10) 1904. p 479–486. Woodward, H.B.

Long excursion to the Ludlow district, August 3rd to August 9th, 1904. 18 (10) 1904. p 487–491. Banks, W.H., Cobbold, E.S., Fortey, C., Hopkinson, J.

Excursion to Cumnor, June 25th, 1904. 19 (1) 1905. p 57–57. Sollas, Prof., Healey, Miss.

== 1905 ==

Excursion to Shooter's Hill, Blackheath and Lewisham, March 25th, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 103–107. Salter, A.E., Young, A.C.

Excursion to Gerrard's Cross, Bucks, April 1st, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 107–108. Sikes, R.C.

Excursion to Welwyn, Harmer Green and Datchworth, April 8th, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 108–109. Salter, A.E.

Excursion to Flitwick and Silsoe, April 15th, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 110–113. Hopkinson, J., Saunders, J.

Excursion to Mid-Lincolnshire, April 20th to 26th, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 114–132. Kendall, P.F., Preston, H., Carter, W.L., Nelson, E.

Excursion to Woldingdam, May 6th, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 133–135. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Reading and Caversham, May 13th, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 135–137. Monckton, H.W., Shrubhole, O.A.

Excursion to Erith and Crayford, May 20th, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 137–141. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Bedford, May 27th, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 142–146. Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to the Chilterns, June 3rd, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 147–149. Woodward, H.B., Herries, R.S.

Excursion to the Isle of Thanet, Whitsuntide, June 10th to 13th, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 149–155. Whitaker, W., Rowe, A.W.

Excursion to Marlow, July 1st, 1905. 19 (3) 1905. p 155–159. Treacher, L., White, H.J.O.

Excursion to Redhill, Woodhatch and Reigate, June 24th, 1905. 19 (5) 1905. p 221–222. Stebbing, W.P.D.

Excursion to Bishop's Stortford and Stanstead, July 15th, 1905. 19 (5) 1905. p 222–225. Irving, A., Irving, P.A.

Excursion to the Berkshire Downs, July 22nd, 1905. 19 (5) 1905. p 226–228. White, H.J.O., Treacher, L.

Long excursion to central Wales, July 24th to 29th, 1905. 19 (5) 1905. p 229–235. Woodward, A.S., Watts, W.W., Lapworth, H., Elles, G.L.

Excursion to Chelsfield and Well Hill, September 22nd, 1905. 19 (5) 1905. p 235–242. Larkby, J.R.

Excursion to Hampstead, September 16th, 1905. 19 (5) 1905. p 243–245. Humphreys, G.

== 1906 ==
[[File:GA Image 0175.jpg|thumb|Members of the Geologists' Association on the Long Excursion, Lyme Regis, 1906, Easter. An account of this Excursion lasting from 12th–17th April]]
Excursion to Whetstone and North Finchley, March 31st, 1906. 19 (9) 1906. p 313–316. Humphreys, G.

Excursion to Ingatestone and Beggar Hill, April 7th, 1906. 19 (9) 1906. p 317–320. Salter, A.E.

Excursion to Lyme Regis, April 12th to 17th, 1906. 19 (9) 1906. p 320–340. Woodward, H.B., Young, G.W. [[Excursion to Lyme Regis. Easter, 1906, Friday, April 13th to Tuesday, April 17th - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular, 71, Session 1905–1906]]

Excursion to East Wickham and Bostal Heath (Illustrated), April 28th, 1906. 19 (9) 1906. p 341–347. Leach, A.L., Polkinghorne, B.C.

Excursion to Ashtead and Headley, May 5th, 1907. 19 (9) 1906. p 347–349. Young, G.W.

Excursion to Boxford and Winterbourne (Berks), May 12th, 1906. 19 (9) 1906. p 349–353. White, H.J.O., Treacher, L.

Excursion to Ayot Green and Hatfield, May 26th, 1906. 19 (9) 1906. p 354–356. Monckton, H.W., Hopkinson. J.

Excursion to the Isle of Wight, June 2nd to 6th, 1906. 19 (9) 1906. p 357–366. Woodward, A.S., Colenutt, G.W., Hooley, R.W.

Excursion to Stamford, Collyweston and Ketton, June 16th, 1906. 19 (9) 1906. p 366–370. Thompson, B.

Excursion to Battle and Netherfield, May 19th, 1906. 19 (10) 1906. p 449–451. Baily, E.J., Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Lewes, June 23rd, 1906. 19 (10) 1906. p 451–453. Dibley, G.E.

Excursion to Shere and Albury, June 30th, 1906. 19 (10) 1906. p 453–455. Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Danbury and Little Baddow (at the invitation of the Essex Field Club), July 17th, 1906. 19 (10) 1906. p 455–459. Briscoe, A.E., Christy, M., Cole, W., Reader, T.W.

Excursion to Bentley, Suffolk (Crag), July 14th, 1906. 19 (10) 1906. p 459–460. Ridley, E.P.

Excursion to Borough Green (etc) and Ightham, July 21st, 1906. 19 (10) 1906. p 460–464. Bennett, F.J., Harrison, B.

Long excursion to Yorkshire Coast, July 23rd to 31st, 1906. 19 (10) 1906. p 464–477. Herries, R.S.

Excursion to the Rayleigh Hills, Essex (Hadleigh, Thundersley, and Dawes Heath), September 15th, 1906. 19 (10) 1906. p 477–479. Salter, A.E.

== 1907 ==
[[File:P805227.jpg|thumb|The Strade. A modern pebble beach showing the ridge formed by high tides. Excursion to Hastings, June 22nd 1907]]

Excursion to East Wickham, March 23rd 1907. 20 (2) 1907. p 77–78. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Plymouth, Easter, 1907: March 28th - April 3rd, 1907. 20 (2) 1907. p 78–93. Ussher, W.A.E., Dibley, G.E.

Excursion to Bushey and Croxley Green, Watford, April 6th, 1907. 20 (2) 1907. p 94–97. Hokinson, J., Kidner, H.

Excursion to Tonbridge, April 13th, 1907. 20 (2) 1907. p 97–100. Abbott, J.L., Hancock, E.W.

Excursion to Lane End, Bucks, April 20th, 1907. 20 (2) 1907. p 101–103. White, H.J.O.

Excursion to Aylesford and Allington, April 27th, 1907. 20 (2) 1907. p 104–115. Osman, C.W.

Excursion to Faringdon, May 4th, 1907. 20 (2) 1907. p 115–121. Treacher, L.

Excursion to Crayford and Dartford Heath, May 11th, 1907. 20 (2) 1907. p 122–126. Chandler, R.H., Leach, A.L.

The geology of the Appleby district, Westmoreland with special reference to the area to be visited during the Long Excursion of 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 129–148. Marr, J.E.M.

Excursion to Bristol, Whitsuntide, 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 150–156. Reynolds, S.H., Vaughan, A., Boulton, W.S., Sibly, T.F.

Excursion to the Cuckmere Valley, Seaford, and Newhaven, June 1st, 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 156–163. Elsden, J.V.

Excursion to Crowborough, June 8th, 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 163–166. Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Aldbury and Ivinghoe, June 15th 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 166–169. Kidner, H.

Excursion to Hastings, June 22nd 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 169–174. Abbott, W.J.L. [[Excursion to Hastings. Saturday, June 22nd, 1907 - Geologists’ Association excursion|GA Circular, 85, 1907. p.6–8]]

Excursion to Guildford, June 29th 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 174–178. Young, G.W.

Excursion to Rochester, Wouldham and Blue Bell Hill, July 6th, 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 178–181. Dibley, G.E. [[Excursion to Rochester and Blue Bell Hill. Saturday, July 6th, 1907 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 86. Session 1906–1907. p.2–3]]

Excursion to Laindon Hills, Essex, July 13th, 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 181–183. Salter, A.E. [[Excursion to the Langdon Hills. Saturday, July 13th, 1907 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 86. Session 1906–1907. p.3–4]]

Excursion to Dorton, Brill and Arngrove, July 20th, 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 183–186. Davies, A.M.

Excursion to Ipswich and Claydon, July 27th, 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 186–192. Slater, G., Layard, N.

Long excursion to the Appleby district, August 15th to 24th, 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 193–200. Marr, J.E.

Excursion to Reading (Centenary celebration of the Geological Society of London), September 28th, 1907. 20 (3) 1907. p 200–208. Monckton, H.W.,, Shrubhole, O.A., White, H.J.O.

== 1908 ==
[[File:P805297.jpg|thumb|Lower Greensand capped by Gault and Boulder Clay at Shenley Hill. Excursion to Leighton Buzzard, April 4th 1908]]
[[File:P805290.jpg|thumb|The entrance to a denehole at West Thurrock. Excursion to the Deneholes, Stone, near Dartford. Saturday, February 29th, 1908]]
Excursion to Dartford and Stone, February 29th, 1908. 20 (6) 1908. p 458–462. Youens, E.C., Priest, S. [[Excursion to the Deneholes, Stone, near Dartford. Saturday, February 29th, 1908 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 91. Session 1907–1908]]

Excursion to Leighton Buzzard, April 4th, 1908. 20 (6) 1908. p 473–476. Lamplugh, G.W. [[Excursion to Leighton Buzzard. Saturday, April 4th, 1908 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 93. Session 1907–1908 p.3–4]]

Excursion to Potters Bar, April 11th, 1908. 20 (7) 1908. p 502–503. Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Potters' Bar, Saturday, April 11th, 1908 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 93. Session 1907–1908. p.4]]

Excursion to Boxmoor, April 25th, 1908. 20 (7) 1908. p 504–505. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Charlton and Erith, May 2nd, 1908. 20 (7) 1908. p 505–508. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Savernake and Bedwyn, May 16th, 1908. 20 (7) 1908. p 508–511. White, H.J.O., Treacher, l.

Excursion to Swanscombe and Galley Hill. Saturday, May 23rd, 1908 - Geologists' Association excursion. [[Excursion to Swanscombe and Galley Hill. Saturday, May 23rd, 1908 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 94. Session 1907–1908]]

Excursion to Penhurst and the Medway Valley, May 30th, 1908. 20 (7) 1908. p 512–513. Handcock, E.W. [[Excursion to Penshurst and the Medway Valley. Saturday, May 30th, 1908 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 94. Session 1907–1908 p.5]]

Excursion to the mid and south Cotteswolds [Cotswolds], and to the Tortworth area, Whitsuntide, 1908. 20 (7) 1908. p 514–532. Richardson, L., Reynolds, S.H.

Excursion to Knockmill (Oaklands) and Cotman's Ash, June 13th, 1908. 20 (7) 1908. p 532–536. Chandler, R.H., Leach, L.

Excursion to Avebury and Winterbourne Bassett, July 4th , 1908. 20 (7) 1908. p 536–539. Kendall, H.G.O. [[Excursion to Avebury and Winterbourne Bassett. Saturday July 4th, 1908 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 96. Session 1907–1908]]

Excursion to Culham and Abingdon, July 11th, 1908. 20 (7) 1908. p 548–552. Treacher, L.

Excursion to Paris, April 16th to 23rd (Easter), 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 1–24. Dollfus, M.G.F., Ramond, M.M.G., Courty, G., Louis, D.A.

Excursion to Oxford, Stonesfield and Fawler, May 9th, 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 25–29. Sollas, W.J., Wilks, M.

Excursion to Swanscombe and Galley Hill, May 23rd 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 29–30. Cross, J., Johnston, M.S.

Excursion to Farnham and the Hog's Back, June 20th, 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 30–33. Young, G.W.

Excursion to Hayes and Keston, June 27th, 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 33–35. Dibley, G.E., Kennard, A.S.

Excursion to the new railway from Bicester to Aynho, July 18th, 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 36–45. Barrow, G., Sikes, R.C.

Excursion to Strood and Cuxton, July 25th, 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 45–48. Dibley, G.E.

Long excursion to the Berwyns, July 31st to August 7th, 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 48–56. Lomas, J., Kidner, H. [[Long excursion to the Berwyns. July 31st to August 7th, 1908 - Geologists' Association excursion|Circular No. 97. Session 1907–1908 p.1–6]]

Excursion to Belvoir, September 17th, 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 57–59. Coke, G.E., Preston, H. [[Excursion to Belvoir. Thursday, September 17th, 1908 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 99. Session 1907–1908]]

Excursion to Limpsfield and Westerham, September 26th, 1908. 21 (1) 1909. p 59–64. Martin, P.A.B., Treacher, L.

== 1909 ==
[[File:P805327.jpg|thumb|Chalk quarry at Hindhays Farm with flints in refular layers. Zone of Micraster cor-anguinum. Excursion to Maidenhead, May 1st 1909]]
Excursion to Hertingfordbury and Hertford, March 20th, 1909. 21 (3) 1909. p 167–171. Barrow, G. [[Excursion to Hertford area. Saturday, March 20th, 1909 - Geologists' Association excursion|Excursion to Hertford Area. Saturday, March 20th, 1909. GA Circular No. 106 Session 1908–1909 p.2–3]]

Excursion to Ponders End, April 3rd, 1909. 21 (3) 1909. p 172–173. Whitaker, W., Kennard, A.S.

Excursion to Burghclere and Newbury, April 17th, 1909. 21 (3) 1909. p 174–176. Treacher, L., White, H.J.O.

Excursion to Tenby, April 8th to 15th (Easter), 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 177–194. Leach, A.L., Chandler, R.H.

Excursion to Footscray and Orpington, April 24th, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 196–198. Dibley, G.E.

Excursion to Maidenhead, May 1st, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 198–201. Treacher, L., White, H.J.O. [[Excursion to Maidenhead. Saturday, May 1st, 1909 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 108 Session 1908 1909 p.2]]

Excursion to Brighton, May 8th, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 202–202. Sherborn, C.D. [[Excursion to Brighton. Saturday, May 8th, 1909 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 108 Session 1908–1909 p.3]]

Excursion to Toys Hill and Brastead, May 15th, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 203–206. Mond, R., Martin, P.A.B., Treacher, L.

Excursion to Eridge and Tunbridge Wells, May 22nd, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 207–209. Abbott, G. [[Excursion to Eridge and Tunbridge Wells. Saturday, May 22nd, 1909 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 108 Session 1908–1909 p.5]]

Excursion to the Frome district, Somerset, May 28th to June 1st, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 209–228. Richardson, L.

Excursion to Tonbridge, June 5th, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 228–230. Hancock, E.W.

Excursion to coal-sinkings in East Kent, June 12th, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 230–231. Burr, M., Young, A.C., Coke, G.E.

Excursion to Wanborough, Hog's Back, and Compton, June 19th, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 232–234. Young, G.W.

Excursion to Wheatley and Arngrove, June 26th, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 234–236. Davies, A.M.

Excursion to Otford and the Darent Valley, July 3rd, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 236–240. Chandler, R.H., Leach, A.L. [[Excursion to Otford and Darent Valley. Saturday, July 3rd, 1909 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 110 Session 1908–1909 p.3]]

Excursion to Maidstone and the Willington and Loose Valleys, July 10th 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 240–243. Bennett, F.J., Reader, T.W.

Excursion to Northwood and Croxley Green, July 24th, 1909. 21 (4) 1909. p 243–246. Kidner, H. [[Excursion to Northwood and Croxley Green. Saturday, July 24th, 1909 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 108 Session 1908 1909 p.1–2]]

Long excursion to North Wales, July 28th to August 7th, 1909. 21 (6) 1910. p 368–390. Fearnsides, W.G., Montag, E.

Excursion to Glen Parva and Croft (near Leicester), September 2nd, 1909. 21 (6) 1910. p 390–394. Keay, W., Lowe, E.

Excursion to Ashendon and Dorton (Great Western, Birmingham direct line cuttings), September 11th, 1909. 21 (6) 1910. p 394–395. Davies, A.M.

Excursion to Taplow and Burnham Beeches, September 18th, 1909. 21 (6) 1910. p 396–398. Treacher, L., White, H.J.O.

Excursion to the London and North Western Railway, near Harrow, September 25th, 1909. 21 (6) 1910. p 398–400. Woodhead, J.H., Kidner, H.

== 1910 ==
[[File:P805385.jpg|thumb|Glacial gravels near Station, Letchworth. Excursion to Arlesey and Letchworth, July 9th 1910]]
Excursion to the Loughton district of Epping Forest and to Mr Hazzledine Warren's Museum, March 5th, 1910. 21 (8) 1910. p 451–455. Warren, S.H.

Excursion to the Croydon Bourne, March 12th, 1910. 21 (8) 1910. p 456–456. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to north Devon, March 24th to 30th (Easter), 1910. 21 (9) 1910. p 457–472. Hamling, J.G., Rogers, I., Wilks, M.

Excursion to Worms Heath, April 2nd, 1910. 21 (9) 1910. p 472–473. Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Worm's Heath. Saturday, April 2nd. 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular 118. Session 1909–1910. p.2]]

Excursion to Grays Thurrock, Essex, April 9th, 1910. 21 (9) 1910. p 474–476. Hinton, M.A.C., Leach, A.L.

Excursion to the Sandy Lodge Golf Club, Northwood, April 16th, 1910. 21 (9) 1910. p 477–479. Barrow, G., Kidner, H. [[Excursion to Sandy Lodge Golf Club, Northwood. Saturday, April 16th, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 118. Session 1909–1910. p.3–4.]]

Excursion to Sudbury (Suffolk), April 23rd 1910. 21 (9) 1910. p 479–482. Hill, E. [[Excursion to Sudbury (Suffolk). Saturday, April 23rd, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|Circular 118. Session 1909–1910. p.5]]

Excursion to Merstham and Betchworth, April 30th, 1910. 21 (9) 1910. p 483–486. Dibley, G.E.

Excursion to Sheppey, May 7th, 1910. 21 (9) 1910. p 486–488. Holmes, T.V., Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Sheppey. Saturday, May 7th 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 119. Session 1909–1910. p.2–3]]

Excursion to Swanage, Lulworth Cove, and Bournemouth, May 14th to 18th (Whitsuntide), 1910. 21 (10) 1910. p 510–521. Hovenden, F., Monckton, H.W., Ord, W.T., Woodward, A.S. [[Excursion to Swanage, Lulworth Cove, and Bournemouth. Whitsuntide, May 14th to 18th, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 119. p.3–7]]

Excursion to Southborough and Tonbridge, May 28th, 1910. 21 (10) 1910. p 521–522. Handcock, E.W. [[Excursion to Southborough and Tonbridge. Saturday, May 28th, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular 119. Session 1909–1910. p.8]]

Excursion to French Street and Sundridge, June 4th, 1910. 21 (10) 1910. p 523–525. Martin, P.A.B., Treacher, L. [[Excursion to Sundridge and French Street. Saturday, June, 4th, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|Excursion to Sundridge and French Street. Saturday, June, 4th, 1910. GA Circular No. 120. p. 2–3]]

Excursion to Gomshall and Peaslake, June 11th, 1910. 21 (10) 1910. p 526–527. Leighton, D. [[Excursion to Gomshall. Saturday, June 11th, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 120. Session 1909–1910. p.3]]

Excursion to Leeds and the Loose Valley (Kent), June 18th, 1910. 21 (10) 1910. p 528–533. Bennett, F.J.

Excursion to Sonning, June 25th, 1910. 21 (10) 1910. p 533–535. Treacher, L. [[Excursion to Sonning. Saturday, June 25th, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 120. Session 1909–1910. p.6]]

Excursion to Oxford University Museum, Enslow Bridge, Kirtlington and Woodstock, May 21st, 1910. 22 (1) 1911. p 1–5. Allorge, M.M., Bayzand, C.J., Pearse, E.

Excursion to Reigate, July 2nd, 1910. 22 (1) 1911. p 6–8. Crosfield, M.C., Whitaker, W., Wilks, M. [[Excursion to Reigate. Saturday, July 2nd, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 122. Session 1909–1910. p.2.]]

Excursion to Arlesey and Letchworth, July 9th, 1910. 22 (1) 1911. p 8–11. Hill, W. [[Excursion to Arlesey and Letchworth. Saturday, July 9th, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|Geologists' Association Circular No. 122. p. 2–3.]]

Excursion to Ipswich, July 16th, 1910. 22 (1) 1911. p 11–16. Layard, N., Moir, J.R., Slater, G.

Excursion to Watford and Croxley, London and North-Western Railway Extension, July 23rd, 1910. 22 (1) 1911. p 17–21. Kidner, H., Woodhead, J.H., Roberts, G.J.

Excursion to Hedgerley and Burnham Beeches, September 3rd, 1910. 22 (1) 1911. p 21–24. Treacher, L. [[Excursion to Hedgerley and Burnham Beeches. Saturday, September 3rd, 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 124. p. 2–3]]

Excursion to Charnwood Forest, September 8th, 1910. 22 (1) 1911. p 24–26. Bennett, F.W., Bosworth, O., Stracey, B. [[Excursion to Charnwood Forest. Thursday, September 8th. 1910 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 124. Session 1909–1910. p.3]]

Visit to the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, Lincoln's Inn Fields, December 17th, 1910. 22 (2) 1911. p 116–117. Burne, R.H., Young, A.C.

Excursions to Bushey and Pinner, September 24th and November 5th, 1910. 22 (3) 1911. p 152–156. Kidner, H., Woodhead, J.H.

== 1911 ==
[[File:P805458.jpg|thumb|The Director T.T. Gething Esq. describing the geological structure of the district in the Middle Purbeck pit on Ladydown. Excursion to Chilmark and the Vale of Wardour, July 15th 1911.]]
Excursion to Ponder's End and Chingford, March 11th, 1911. 22 (3) 1911. p 166–171. Warren, S.H., Atkins, A.A.

Excursion to Dartford Heath, March 18th, 1911. 22 (3) 1911. p 171–175. Chandler, R.H., Leach, A.L.

Excursion to the Valley of the Mole, March 25th, 1911. 22 (3) 1911. p 175–176. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Bracknell, April 8th, 1911. 22 (3) 1911. p 176–178. Dewey, H., Leighton, D. [[Excursion to Bracknell, Saturday, April 8th, 1911 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 131. Session 1910–1911. p.3–4]]

Excursion to the St. Davids District, South Wales, April 13th to 22nd (Easter), 1911. 22 (4) 1911. p 215–232. Green, J.F.N., Jones, O.T.

Excursion to the valley of the Hertfordshire Bourne, April 29th, 1911. 22 (4) 1911. p 234–236. Hopkinson, J., Oldham, C.

Excursion to Weybridge and St George's Hill, May 6th, 1911. 22 (4) 1911. p 237–240. Woodward, H.B.

Excursion to Hook, Nately, and Basingstoke, May 13th, 1911. 22 (4) 1911. p 240–243. Blundell, G.E., Monckton, H.W. [[Excursion to Hook, Upper Nately and Basingstoke, Saturday, May 13th, 1911 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 132. Session 1910–1911. p.3–4]]

Excursion to Chilworth and St Martha's Hill, May 20th, 1911. 22 (5) 1911. p 243–245. Leighton, D. [[Excursion to Chilworth and St. Martha's Hill. Saturday, May 20th, 1911 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 132. Session 1910–1911. p.4–5]]

Excursion to Dunball, Burslescombe, Ilminster, Chard, Ham Hill, and Bradford Abbas, June 2nd to 7th (Whitsuntide), 1911. 22 (5) 1911. p 246–263. Richardson, L., Ussher, W.A.E., Whitaker, W., Winwood, H.H. [[Excursion to Burlescombe, Chard, Ham Hill, Bradford Abbas, etc. Whitsuntide, Friday, June 2nd, to Wednesday, June 7th, 1911 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 133. Session 1910–1911. p. 3–7]]

Excursion to Bishop's Stortford, June 10th, 1911. 22 (5) 1911. p 264–268. Irving, A., Featherby, H.G. [[Excursion to Bishop's Stortford, Saturday, June 10th, 1011 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 133. Session 1910–1911. p.7–9]]

Excursion to Cambridge and Barrington, June 17th, 1911. 22 (5) 1911. p 268–278. Hughes, T.McK.

Excursion to Bushey, Oxhey, and Watford Heath, June 24th, 1911. 22 (5) 1911. p 278–283. Kidner, H., Woodhead, J.H. [[Excursion to Bushey, Oxhey and Watford Heath. Saturday, June 24th, 1911 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 133. Session 1910–1911. p.12]]

Excursion to Guildford, Compton, and Godalming, July 1st, 1911. 22 (5) 1911. p 283–286. Young, G.W., Leighton, D. [[Excursion to Guildford, Compton, and Godalming. Saturday, July 1st, 1911 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 135. Session 1910–1911. p.2–4]]

Excursion to Wargrave, July 8th, 1911. 22 (5) 1911. p 286–289. Treacher, L. [[Excursion to Wargrave, Saturday, July 8th, 1911 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 135. Session 1910–1911. p.4–5]]

Excursion to Wenden (Audley End) and Saffron Walden, July 22nd, 1911. 22 (5) 1911. p 290–295. Maynard, G., Morris, G. [[Excursion to Newport, Audley End, and Saffron Walden, Saturday, July 22nd, 1911 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 135. Session 1910–1911. p.8–10]]

Excursion to Charnwood Forest, September 21st, 1911. 22 (5) 1911. p 295–298. Bennett, F.W., Stracey, B.

Excursion to the Bergen district, Norway, August 3rd to 21st, 1911. 23 (1) 1912. p 39–61. Kolderup, C.F., Monckton, H.W.

Long excursion to the Dales of West Yorkshire and Harrogate, July 27th to August 6th. 23 (2) 1912. p 125–136. Kendall, P.F.

Excursion to Dinton, Chilmark and the Vale of Wardour, July 15th, 1911. 23 (3) 1912. p 148–157. Ord, T., Reader, T.W. [[Excursion to Dinton, Chilmark and the Vale of Wardour, Saturday, July 15th, 1911 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 135. Session 1910–1911. p.5–8]]

Long excursion to the West Highlands of Scotland and the Isle of Skye, September 9th to 20th, 1911. 23 (3) 1912. p 157–166. Bailey, E.B., Harker, A., Gwinnell, W.F.

== 1912 ==
[[File:P805542.jpg|thumb|Section in Reading Beds, Nonsuch Pottery Clay Pit. Excursion to Ewell, July 6th 1912. ]]

Excursion to the River Effra, the Beulah Spa, and the Grange Wood Museum, Upper Norwood, February 17th, 1912. 23 (3) 1912. p 172–174. Leighton, D., Martin, E.A.

Excursion to Shooter's Hill and Eltham, March 23rd, 1912. 23 (3) 1912. p 180–182. Leach, A.L.

Report of an excursion to the Lower Tertiary section and the Pleistocene river drifts near Erith, March 30th, 1912. 23 (3) 1912. p 183–190. Chandler, R.H., Leach, A.L.

Excursion to the Portmadoc and Criccieth district of S.E. Caernarvonshire, April 5th to 11th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 199–217. Fearnsides, W.G.

Excursion to Greenhithe, April 20th, 1912. 23 (3) 1912. p 190–194. Priest, S. [[Excursion to Greenhithe. Saturday, April 20th, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 143. Session 1911–1912. p.6–7]]

Excursion to the Hitchin and Stevenage Gap (together with a general account of the features of the district), April 27th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 217–224. Hill, W.

Excursion to Keston and Farnborough, May 4th, 1912. 23 (3) 1912. p 195–198. Dibley, G.E.

Report of an excursion to Clandon, Newlands Corner, and Silent Pool, May 11th, 1912. 24 (1) 1913. p 53–54. Young, G.W. [[Excursion to Clandon, Newland's Corner, and Silent Pool. Saturday, May 11th, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 144. Session 1911–1912. p.2–3]]

Excursion to the Chiltern Hills, from Princes Risborough to Wendover, May 18th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 224–225. Pocock, R.W. [[Excursion to Chiltern Hills, from Princes Risborough to Wendover. Saturday, May 18th, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 144. Session 1911–1912. p.3–4]]

Excursion to Sunderland and Tynemouth, May 24th to 30th (Whitsuntide), 1912. 24 (2) 1913. p 108–114. Woolacott, D. [[Excursion to Sunderland and Tynemouth. Whitsuntide, May 24th to 30th, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 144. Session 1911–1912. p. 4–7]]

Excursion to Leith Hill, June 1st, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 225–229. Leighton, D.

Excursion to Ipswich and the Gipping Valley, June 8th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 229–237. Boswell, P.G.H.

Excursion to Claygate and Oxshott, Surrey, June 15th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 237–242. Dewey, H. [[Excursion to Claygate and Oxshott, Surrey. Saturday, June 15th, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 145. Session 1911–1912. p.5–6]]

Report on an excursion to Borstal and Burham, June 22nd, 1912. 24 (1) 1913. p 54–56. Dibley, G.E. [[Excursion to Borstal and Burnam. Saturday, June 22nd, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 145. Session 1911–1912. p.6–7]]

Excursion to White Horse Hill, Berkshire, June 29th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 242–244. White, H.J.O.

Excursion to Ewell and Cheam, July 6th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 245–247. Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Ewell and Cheam. Saturday, July 6th, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 146. Session 1911–1912. p.2–3]]

Report of an excursion to Henley and Watlington, July 13th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 250–253. Hawkins, H.L. [[Excursion to Henley and Watlington. Saturday, July 13th 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 146. Session 1911–1912. p.3–4]]

Report on an excursion to Reculvers, July 20th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 247–249. Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Reculvers, Herne Bay. Saturday, July 20th, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 146. Session 1911–1912. p.5–6]]

Excursion to Aylesbury, Hartwell, and Stone, July 27th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 254–257. Davies, A.M. [[Excursion to Aylesbury, Hartwell and Stone. Saturday, July 27th, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 146. Session 1911–1912. p.6–8]]

Excursion to West Mayo and the Sligo district, July 31st to August 9th, 1912. 24 (2) 1913. p 78–86. Hobson, B.

Report of an excursion to Mount Sorrel, Buddon Wood, Brazil Wood and district, August 29th, 1912. 23 (4) 1912. p 257–259. Bennett, F.W., Lowe, E.E. [[Excursion to Mount Sorrel, Buddon Wood, etc. (Charnwood Forest). Thursday. August 29th, 1912 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 146. Session 1911–1912. p.8–9]]

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912. 23 (5) 1912. p 265–267. Evans, J.W.

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912. Lower Dee-side and the Highland Border, September 12th,. 23 (5) 1912. p 268–273. Barrow, G.

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912. The North Esk, September 18th. 23 (5) 1912. p 273–273. Harker, A.

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912. On the geology of Lower Dee-side and the Southern Highland Border. 23 (5) 1912. p 274–290. Barrow, G.

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912. On the geology of Lower Dee-side and the Southern Highland Border. Part II - Stonehaven, September 14th and 16th. 23 (5) 1912. p 291–294. Campbell, R.

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912. On the geology of south-east Kincardineshire. 23 (5) 1912. p 295–298. Campbell, R.

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912. The Old Red Sandstone near Arbroath, September 18th and 19th. 23 (5) 1912. p 299–301. Hickling, G.

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912. On the geology and palaeontology of Forfarshire. 23 (5) 1912. p 302–311. Hicking, G.

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912.The Carboniferous rocks near Bathgate, September 20th 23. 23 (5) 1912. p 312–313. Gordon, W.T.

Excursion to the east of Scotland. The neighbourhood of Aberdeen, Stonehaven, Edzell, and Arbroath, with supplementary excursions in the Edinburgh district, September, 1912. The rocks of the Pentland Hills, September 21st. 23 (5) 1912. p 314–314. Flett, J.S.

== 1913 ==
[[File:P804521.jpg|thumb|Stuckyard Pit, Tattingstone Hall, Park Farm. Red Crag resting unconformably on a Coralline Crag bank. Excursion to Bentley Suffolk, April 5th 1913]]
Excursion to the Croydon Bourne, March 1st, 1913. 24 (5) 1913. p 308–310. Whitaker, W., Burgess, W.T.

Report on an excursion to the Lizard, Cornwall, March 20th to 29th, Easter, 1913. 24 (5) 1913. p 313–327. Flett, J.S., Hill, J.B. [[Easter excursion to The Lizard, March 20th–27th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Geologists' Association Circular No. 153. Session 1912–1913. p. 4–7]]

[[Excursion to Charlton. Saturday March 29th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Excursion to Charlton. Saturday March 29th, 1913]]

Report on an excursion to Bentley, Suffolk, April 5th, 1913. 24 (5) 1913. p 327–331. Boswell, P.G.H.[[Excursion to Bentley Suffolk (Crag). Saturday, April 5th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Geologists' Association Circular No. 154. Session 1912–1913. p.2–3]]

Excursion to Harefield, April 26th, 1913. 25 (1) 1914. p 50–51. De Salis, R.F. [[Excursion to Harefield. Saturday, April 26th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 154. Session 1912–1913. p.6–7]]

Excursion to Virginia Water and Chertsey, April 12th, 1913. 24 (5) 1913. p 331–334. Bromehead, C.E.N. [[Excursion to Virginia Water and Chertsey. Saturday, April 12th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Circular No. 154. Session 1912–1913. p.3–5]]

Excursion to Beddington and Waddon, April 19th, 1913. 24 (5) 1913. p 335–336. Kidner, H., Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Beddington and Waddon. Saturday, April 19th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Geologists' Association Circular No. 154. Session 1912–1913. p.5–6
]]

Excursion to Farnham, May 3rd, 1913. 24 (4) 1913. p 202–204. Bury, H. [[Excursion to Farnham. Saturday, May 3rd, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 155. Session 1912–1913. p.4–5]]

Excursion to the Nottingham district, May 9th to 14th (Whitsuntide), 1913. 25 (2) 1914. p 84–89. Carr, J.W., Swinnerton, H.H. [[Whitsuntide excursion to Nottingham. May 9th to 14th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Whitsuntide excursion to Nottingham. May 9th to 14th, 1913. GA Circular No. 155. Session 1912–1913. p. 6–9]]

On Buried Channels in the Dartford Heath Gravel (together with the report of an excursion to Dartford Heath, May 17th, 1913). 24 (5) 1913. p 337–344. [[Excursion to Dartford Heath. Saturday, May 17th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Circular No. 155. Session 1912–1913. p.9–11]]

Excursion to Faringdon, May 24th, 1913. 25 (1) 1914. p 52–56. Treacher, L. [[Excursion to Faringdon. Saturday, May 24th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 155. Session 1912–1913. p.11–12]]

Excursion to Tonbridge, May 31st, 1913. 25 (1) 1914. p 56–58. Handcock, E.W. [[Excursion to Tonbridge. Saturday, May 31st. 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 155. Session 1912–1913. p.12–13]]

Excursion to Swanscombe, June 7th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion. [[Excursion to Swanscombe, June 7th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 156. Session 1912–1913. p.4–5]]

Excursion to Sudbury, Suffolk, June 14th, 1913. 25 (1) 1914. p 58–60. Hill, E. [[Excursion to Sudbury, (Suffolk). Saturday, June 14th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 156. Session 1912–1913. p.5–6]]

Excursion to West Somerset, June 20th to 24th, 1913. 25 (2) 1914. p 97–105. Evans, J.W., Richardson, L., Martin, E.C. [[Excursion to Minehead and district, West Somerset. June 20th to 24th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Excursion to Minehead and district, West Somerset. June 20th to 24th, 1913. GA Circular No. 156. Session 1912–1913. p. 6–8,10]]

Excursion to Bishop's Stortford, June 21st, 1913. 25 (2) 1914. p 105–115. Irving, A., Irving, P.A.

The Pleistocene deposits of Crayford. With the report of an excursion to Slades Green and Barnhurst, June 28th, 1913. 25 (1) 1914. p 61–71. Chandler, R.H.

Excursion to Cuffley and Hertford, July 5th, 1913. 25 (1) 1914. p 77–78. Pocock, R.W., Fortescue, L.

Excursion to the Cuckmere Valley and Seaford, July 26th, 1913. 25 (4) 1914. p 280–283. Elsden, J.V.

Excursion to the Edinburgh district, August 1st to 9th, 1913. 25 (1) 1914. p 45–50. Flett, J.S. [[Long excursion to Edinburgh. August 1st to 9th, 1913 - Geologists’ Association excursion|Long excursion to Edinburgh. August 1st to 9th, 1913 Circular, 138, Session 1912–1913 p.1–5]]

Excursion to Banbury, August 1st to 5th, 1913. 25 (1) 1914. p 71–77. Walford, E.A.

Excursion to St Albans, September 13th, 1913. 25 (1) 1914. p 79–80. Pocock, R.W. [[Excursion to St. Albans. Saturday, September 13th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Circular No. 159. Session 1913–1914. p.2]]

Excursion to Hertingfordbury and Hertford, September 20th, 1913. 25 (2) 1914. p 115–116. Barrow, G.

Excursion to the Royal Albert Docks extension, October 4th, 1913. 25 (2) 1914. p 117–120. Binns, A., Barrow, G. [[Visit to the Royal Albert Docks Extension. Saturday, October 4th, 1913 - Geologists' Association excursion|Visit to the Royal Albert Docks Extension. Saturday, October 4th, 1913. GA Circular No. 159. Session 1913–1914. p.3–4]]

== 1914 ==
[[File:P804705.jpg|thumb|At Newlands Corner. Motor excursion in Surrey, June 6th 1914]]

[[Visit to the Royal Albert Docks Extension. Saturday, March 21st, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|Visit to the Royal Albert Docks Extension. Saturday, March 21st, 1914. GA Circular No. 164. Session 1913–1914. p.4]]

Excursion to Edmonton, March 28th, 1914. 25 (4) 1914. p 285–287. Warren, S.H. [[Excursion to Edmonton. Saturday, March 28th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 164. Session 1913–1914. p.4–6]]

Excursion to North Cornwall, April 9th to 18th (Easter), 1914. 26 (1) 1915. p 24–33. Dewey, H. [[Easter excursions, North Cornwall, April 9th to 18th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|Geologists' Association Circular No. 165. Session 1913–1914 p. 3–8]]

Report on an excursion to the St Austell district, Cornwall, April 16th to 18th (Easter), 1914. 26 (1) 1915. p 34–46. Hall, T.C.F.

Excursion to Bridport, Beaminster, and Crewkerne, April 9th to 14th (Easter), 1914. 26 (1) 1915. p 47–78. Richardson, L.

Report on an excursion to Greenlithe and Stone, April 25th, 1914. 26 (1) 1915. p 78–85. Priest, S. [[Excursion to Greenhithe and Stone. Saturday, April 25th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 165. Session 1913–1914. p.14–16]]

Excursion to Knebworth and Hertford, May 2nd, 1914. 25 (4) 1914. p 288–291. Hill, W. [[Excursion to G.W.R. New Line from Hertford to Stevenage. Saturday, May 2nd, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|Excursion to G.W.R. New Line from Hertford to Stevenage. Saturday, May 2nd, 1914, GA Circular No. 166. Session 1913–1914]]

Excursion to Ayot and Wheathampstead, May 9th, 1914. 26 (1) 1915. p 86–87. Sherlock, R.L. [[Excursion to Ayot and Wheathampstead. Saturday, May 9th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 166. Session 1913–1914. p.4–5]]

Excursion to Upware. Saturday, May 10th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion [[Excursion to Upware. Saturday, May 10th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 166. Session 1913–1914. p.5–6]]

Excursion to Horsley and Netley Heath, May 23rd, 1914. 26 (2) 1915. p 110–111. Young, G.W. [[Excursion to Horsley and Netley Heath. Saturday, May 23rd, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 166. Session 1913–1914. p.6–7]]

Excursion to Charmouth and Lyme Regis, May 29th to June 3rd (Whitsuntide), 1914. 26 (2) 1915. p 111–118. Young, G.W., Lang, W.D. [[Whitsuntide Excursion to Lyme Regis and Charmouth, Friday, May 29th, to Wednesday, June 3rd, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|Whitsuntide Excursion to Lyme Regis and Charmouth, Friday, May 29th, to Wednesday, June 3rd. 1914. GA Circular No. 166. Session 1913–1914 p. 7–11]]

Motor excursion in Surrey, June 6th, 1914. 26 (2) 1915. p 118–120. Young, G.W., Leighton, D. [[Motor excursion in Surrey.—Saturday. June 6th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|Circular, 167, 1914. p.3–4]]

Report of an excursion to East Grinstead, June 13th, 1914. 26 (2) 1915. p 120–122. Barrow, G.

Excursion to Blue Bell Hill and Burham. June 20th 1914. [[Excursion to Blue Bell Hill and Burham. June 20th 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 167. Session 1913–1914. p.4–5]]

Excursion to Tilburstow Hill and Godstone, Surrey, June 27th, 1914. 26 (2) 1915. p 123–126. Cox, A.H.

Excursion to the Assynt district of the North West Highlands, July 3rd to 11th, 1914. 26 (2) 1915. p 127–136. Horne, J.

Excursion to Hindhead, July 4th, 1914. 26 (1) 1915. p 88–89. Leighton, D. [[Excursion to Hindhead, Saturday, July 4th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 168. Session 1913–1914. p.7]]

Excursion to Bickley and Chiselhurst. Saturday, July 11th, 1914. [[Excursion to Bickley and Chiselhurst. Saturday, July 11th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 168. Session 1913–1914. p.7–8]]

Excursion to Soulbury, Stewkley, and Wing, July 18th, 1914. 26 (1) 1915. p 90–92. Davies, A.M. [[Excursion to Soulbury, Stewkley and Wing. Saturday, July 18th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 168. Session 1913–1914. p.8–9]]

Excursion to Derbyshire, July 27th to August 4th, 1914. 26 (1) 1915. p 93–104. Bemrose, H.H.A., Sargent, H.C. [[Excursion to Derbyshire. July 27th to August 4th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 168. Session 1913–1914 p. 9–16]]

Excursion to Well Hill, September 5th, 1914. 26 (2) 1915. p 136–137. Chandler, R.H., Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Hertingfordbury and Bayford, September 12th, 1914. 26 (2) 1915. p 137–137. Pocock, R.W.

Report of an excursion to North Downs, Marden Park, September 26th, 1914. 26 (2) 1915. p 138–140. Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to the North, Downs near Marden Park. Saturday, September 26th, 1914 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 170. Session 1913–1914. p.4–5]]

== 1915 ==

Report of an excursion to Brentwood and Great Warley, April 17th, 1915. 26 (2) 1915. p 225–228. Boswell, P.G.H.

Excursion to Ware, March 20th, 1915. 26 (4) 1915. p 273–274. Sherlock, R.L.

Excursion to Charlton and Shooter's Hill, March 27th, 1915. 26 (4) 1915. p 274–275. Leach. A.L.

Report on an excursion to the district around Glasgow, April 1st to 8th, Easter. 1915. 26 (4) 1915. p 276–286. Gregory, J.W., Dinham, C.H., Scott, A., Smellie, W.R.

Excursion to Cuffley and Potters Bar, April 24th, 1915. 26 (4) 1915. p 286–288. Barrow, G.

Excursion to Worms Heath, May 1st 1915. 26 (4) 1915. p 288–288. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Leighton Buzzard, May 15th, 1915. 26 (5) 1915. p 310–313. Lamplugh, G.W.

Excursion to Hastings and St Leonards, May 22nd, 1915. 26 (5) 1915. p 313–315. Abbott, W.J.L.

Excursion to Shotover Hill, Oxford, June 5th, 1915. 26 (5) 1915. p 315–318. Sollas, W.J., Bayzand, C.J.

Excursion to the Sevenoaks district, June 12th, 1915. 26 (5) 1915. p 318–320. Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Leatherhead, Polesden Valley, and the gorge of the River Mole, June 19th, 1915. 26 (5) 1915. p 320–324. Young, G.W.

Excursion to Tilburstow Hill and Nutfield, Surrey, June 26th, 1915. 26 (5) 1915. p 324–326. Cox, A.H.

Excursion to Ipswich and Claydon, July 3rd, 1915. 26 (5) 1915. p 327–330. Boswell, P.G.H.

Excursion to Cowcroft Brickfield, Chesham, July 10th, 1915. 26 (5) 1915. p 330–340. Barrow, G., Sherlock, R.L.

Report of an excursion to Farnham, July 17th, 1915. 26 (5) 1915. p 340–342. Bury, H.

Report of excursions to the North Mimms swallow-holes, August 28th, 1915, and March 11th, 1916. 27 (1) 1916. p 59–60. Whitaker, W.

== 1916 ==
[[File:P804798.jpg|thumb|Rusthall Common. Excursion to Tunbridge Wells, May 13th 1916. The Toad Rock is a ?land stack? the general form of which has been determined by the intersection of joints, its isolated position being due to circum-denudation while the usual undercutting has contributed towards the striking resemblance to a toad.]]

Excursion to Highgate, Hampstead, and Willesden Green, March 18th, 1916. 27 (2) 1916. p 70–71. Green, J.F.N.

Excursion to the river terraces near Crayford, Kent, March 25th, 1916. 27 (2) 1916. p 72–76. Chandler, R.H., Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Crockenhill, Kent, April 1st, 1916. 27 (2) 1916. p 99–102. Lee, S., Priest, S.

Excursion to Grays, Essex, April 15th, 1916. 27 (2) 1916. p 103–105. Dibley, G.E., Kennard, A.S.

Excursion to Mere and Maiden Bradley, in Wiltshire, April 21st to 26th, Easter, 1916. 27 (3) 1916. p 117–134. Bartlett, B.P., Scanes, J.

Excursion to Goring and Streatley, April 29th, 1916. 27 (2) 1916. p 105–107. Chatwin, C.P., Withers, T.H.

Excursion to Oxshott and Claygate, May 6th, 1916. 27 (3) 1916. p 135–139. Grist, C.T.

Excursion to Tunbridge Wells. Saturday, May 13th, 1916 - Geologists' Association excursion [[Excursion to Tunbridge Wells. Saturday, May 13th, 1916 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 187. Session 1915–1916 p.2–3]]

Excursion to Bourne End, May 27th, 1916. 27 (2) 1916. p 107–109. Treacher, L.

Excursion to Godstone, June 17th, 1916. 28 (1) 1917. p 37–37. Whitaker, W. [[Excursion to Godstone, Saturday, June 17th, 1916 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 188. Session 1915–1916 p.2]]

Excursion to Ashtead, Headley-on-the-Hill, and Valley of the River Mole, June 24th, 1916. 28 (1) 1917. p 38–39. Young, G.W. [[Excursion to Ashtead and Headley. Saturday, June 26th, 1916 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 188. Session 1915–1916 p.3)]]

Excursion to Sunningdale, Surrey, July 1st, 1916. 27 (2) 1916. p 110–114. De Salis, R.F., Monckton, H.W. [[Excursion to Sunningdale. Saturday, July 1st, 1916 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 188. Session 1915–1916 p.3–4]]

Geological and geographical notes on the Ravensbourne Valley (Excursion to the district on July 8th, 1916). 27 (3) 1916. p 139–146. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Cowcroft Brickfield, Chesham, July 15th, 1916. 28 (1) 1917. p 40–43. Barrow, G. [[Excursion to Coweroft Brickfield, Chesham. Saturday, July 15th, 1916 - Geologists' Association excursion|Circular No. 189. Session 1915–1916 p.3]]

Excursion to the North Downs above Otford and Shoreham, July 22nd, 1916. 27 (3) 1916. p 147–149. Chandler, R.H.

Excursion to the Lower Carboniferous rocks of Westmorland and North Lancashire, July 26th to August 2nd, 1916. 28 (1) 1917. p 44–45. Garwood, E.J.

Excursion to Gomshall and Shere, September 9th, 1916. 28 (1) 1917. p 46–47. Herries, R.S. [[Excursion to Gomshall and Shere. September 9th, 1916 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 189. Session 1915–1916 p.3]]

Excursion to Well Hill, September 16th, 1916. 27 (3) 1916. p 150–150. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Netley Heath, Newlands Corner, and the Silent Pool, September 23rd, 1916. 28 (1) 1917. p 48–51. Davies, G.M. [[Excursion to Netley Heath, Newlands Corner, and the Silent Pool. Saturday, September 23rd, 1916 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 190. Session 1915–1916 p.2–3]]

== 1917 ==

Excursion to Richmond Park, Kingston Hill, and Wimbledon Common (in conjunction with the South London branch of the Geographical Association), May 19th, 1917. 28 (2) 1917. p 98–104. Grist, C.J.

Excursion to Eynsford and Hulbury, April 21st, 1917. 29 (1) 1918. p 29–31. Priest, S.

Excursion to Oxted, Titsey, Lumpsfield, and Westerham, May 26th, 1917. 29 (1) 1918. p 31–35. Fagg, C.C.

Excursion to Ranmore Common, June 9th, 1917. 29 (1) 1918. p 36–38. Davies, G.McD.

Excursion to Joyden's Wood and Dartford Heath, September 22nd, 1917. 29 (1) 1918. p 39–41. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Ware, September 15th, 1917. 29 (1) 1918. p 42–45. Green, J.F.N.

== 1918 ==

Excursion to Greenwich Park and the Royal Observatory, April 6th, 1918. 29 (2) 1918. p 107–107. Leach, A.L.

List of deceased members (1917) - E.C. Antrobus, M.P. Andrew, P.Badcock, V.E.J. Bristowe, Major G.M. Bell, G.C. Crick, James Cross, Henry Hutchins French, Upfield Green, Prof. Thomas McKenny Hughes, Haras T. Kennedy, J.E.H. Peyton, R.H. Tiddeman, Rev. C. White. 29 . 1918. p 108–108.

Excursion to Maidenhead and Bray Cut, May 11th, 1918. 29 (3) 1918. p 137–139. Bromehead, C.E.N.

Excursion to Chorley Wood, June 29th, 1918. 29 (3) 1918. p 140–148. Barrow, G.

Excursion to St Albans, Tyttenhanger and Hill End, July 20th, 1918. 29 (3) 1918. p 149–149. Williams, A.H.

Excursion to Nutfield and Redhill (Lower Greensand Beds), May 25th, 1918. 29 (3) 1918. p 150–152. Cox, A.H.

Excursion to Croydon, April 20th and August 31st, 1918. 29 (3) 1918. p 153–154. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Worms Heath, November 9th, 1918. 29 (3) 1918. p 155–156. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Well Hill, September 14th, 1918. 29 (3) 1918. p 157–157. Larkby, J.R.

== 1919 ==
[[File:P805793.jpg|thumb| Messrs Clack and Sons Thanet Sand Pit, Beddington. Excursion to Beddington, April 12th 1919]]
Excursion to Datchworth and Welwyn, March 8th, 1919. 30 (2) 1919. p 69–70. Sherlock, R.L.

Excursion to Nazeing, March 15th, 1919. 30 (2) 1919. p 71–73. Evans, J.W.

Excursion to Shenley, Herts, April 5th, 1919. 30 (2) 1919. p 74–75. Pocock, R.W.

Excursion to Norbury, Mitcham Common and Beddington, April 12th, 1919. 30 (2) 1919. p 75–81. Davies, G.M. [[Excursion to Norbury, Mitcham Common and Beddington. Saturday, April 12th, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion|Circular No. 216. Session 1919–1920. p.2]]

Excursion to Plumstead and Bostall Heath, March 22nd, 1919. 30 (2) 1919. p 82–86. Priest, S. [[Excursion to Plumstead and Bostal Woods. Saturday, March 22nd, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion|Circular No. 215. Session 1919–1920. p.3]]

Excursion to St George's Hill, Weybridge, Saturday, March 29th, 1919. 30 (3) 1919. p 127–129. Bromehead, C.E.N.

Excursion to Berkhamsted and Little Heath, April 26th, 1919. 30 (2) 1919. p 87–91. Gilbert, C.J. [[Excursion to Berkhamsted and Little Heath. Saturday, April 26th, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 216. Session 1919–1920. p.8]]

Excursion to Codicote, Herts, May 10th, 1919. 30 (2) 1919. p 92–93. Sherlock, R.L. [[Excursion to Codicote, Herts. Saturday, May 10th, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 217. Session 1919–1920. p.3]]

Excursion to the Bristol district, Easter, April 19th to 23rd, 1919. 30 (3) 1919. p 114–121. Reynolds, S.H., Tutcher, J.W. [[Excursion to Bristol District, Easter, 1919. Wednesday, April 16th, to Wednesday, April 23rd - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 216. Session 1919–1920. p. 3–8]]

Excursion to Virginia Water and Woking, Saturday, May 3rd, 1919. 30 (3) 1919. p 130–132. Bromehead, C.E.N. [[Excursion to Virginia Water and Woking. Saturday, May 3rd, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 217. Session 1919–1920. p.2–3]]

Excursion to Stanmore Hill and Bushey Heath, Saturday May 17th, 1919. 30 (3) 1919. p 122–126. Barrow, G.

Excursion to Epsom and Banstead. Saturday, May 24th, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion [[Excursion to Epsom and Banstead. Saturday, May 24th, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 217. Session 1919–1920. p.4–5]]

Excursion to Caterham and the North Downs, May 31st, 1919. 30 (4) 1919. p 183–186. Fagg, C.C.

Excursion to the Isle of Wight, Whitsuntide, June 7th to 11th 1919. 30 (3) 1919. p 133–138. Colenutt, G.W., Hooley, R.W.

Excursion to Sevenoaks district, Saturday, June 14th, 1919. 30 (3) 1919. p 142–144. Herries, R.S.

Second excursion to Chorley Wood, June 21st, 1919. 30 (3) 1919. p 145–148. Barrow, G.

Excursion to Farnham, June 28th, 1919. 30 (3) 1919. p 148–149. Bury, H.

Excursion to Bowsey Hill, Berks, July 12th, 1919. 30 (4) 1919. p 187–190. Treacher, L.

Excursion to West Wickham Bourne, Hayes and Keston Commons, Saturday, July 19th, 1919. 30 (3) 1919. p 150–152. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Walter's Ash, Buckinghamshire, July 26th, 1919. 30 (4) 1919. p 191–193. Sherlock, R.L. [[Excursion to Walter's Ash. Saturday, July 26th, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 219. Session 1919–1920. p.4]]

Long excursion to Llangollen, August 16th to 23rd 1919. 31 (1) 1920. p 16–25. Wills, L.J. [[Long excursion, Llangollen District, August 16th–23rd, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular 219. Session 1919–1920. p. 4–6]]

Excursion to Greenhithe and Stone, August 30th, 1919. 30 (4) 1919. p 194–198. Priest, S. [[Excursion to Greenhithe and Stone. Saturday, August 30th, 1919 - Geologists' Association excursion|GA Circular No. 220. Session 1919–1920. p.1]]

Excursion to East Wickham and Plumstead, September 6th, 1919. 30 (4) 1919. p 199–204. Baker, H.A., Priest, S.

==1920 ==

Excursion to Slough and Cippenham, February 7th, 1920. 31 (3) 1920. p 133–139. Booth, W.H., Pringle, J.

Excursion to Bexley and Bexley Heath, March 6th, 1920. 31 (3) 1920. p 145–149. Priest, S.

Excursion to Grove Park and Chislehurst, March 20th, 1920. 31 (3) 1920. p 150–153. Stamp, L.D.

Excursion to Charlton, March 27th, 1920. 31 (3) 1920. p 154–155. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Ewell and Epsom, April 10th, 1920. 31 (3) 1920. p 156–158. Dewey, H.

Excursion to Digswell and Cole Green, Hertfordshire, April 17th, 1920. 31 (3) 1920. p 159–160. Sherlock, R.L.

The geology of the Swanscombe Eocene Outlier, Kent, and report of the excursion. April 24th, 1920. 31 (4) 1920. p 187–199. Stamp, L.D.

Excursion to Cardiff, March 31st to April 8th, 1920. 31 (4) 1920. p 200–214. Cox, A.H., Davies, D., Miskin, F.F., North, F.J., Sibley, P.T.F., Trueman, A.E.

Excursion to Egham, Surrey, May 1st, 1920. 31 (4) 1920. p 215–217. Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Dartford Heath and Joyden's Wood, May 15th 1920. 31 (4) 1920. p 218–219. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Knockholt and Dunton Green, May 29th, 1920. 31 (4) 1920. p 220–221. Herries, R.S.

Excursion to Rickmansworth, May 8th, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 17–20. Barrow, G.

Excursion to Stevenage, Herts. June 5th, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 20–27. Culpin, B.E.L., Priest, S.

Excursion to Croham Hurst and the Addington Hills, June 19th, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 27–30. Davies, G.M.

Excursion to Tilburstow Hill and Nutfield, June26th, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 30–32. Stamp, D.

Excursion to the new road cutting, Purley, July 3rd, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 33–36. Dibley, G.E., Fagg, C.C.

Excursion to the North Downs in Kent, July 17th, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 36–42. Leach, A.L.

Excursion to Wendover and Buckland Common near Cholesbury, July 24th, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 42–46. Barrow, G., Green, J.F.N.

Excursion to Ruxley and the Crays, September 4th, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 47–49. Brown, E.E.S.

Excursion to Stanstead, Easneye and Ware, September 11th, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 49–50. Sherlock, R.L.

Excursion to Tyttenhanger, Hill End, New Barnes Mill Pit and St. Albans, July 31st, 1920. 32 (1) 1921. p 51–51. Williams, A.H.

Excursion to Banbury and Towcester districts, May 21st to 26th, 1920. 32 (2) 1921. p 109–122. Richardson, L.

Long excursion to the Lake District, August 7th to 17th, 1920. 32 (3) 1921. p 123–138. Green, J.F.N.

The geology of Jersey, with special reference to the parts of the island visited during the Easter Excursion of 1921. 32 (3) 1921. p 151–172. Plymen, G.H.

Excursion to Leighton Buzzard, September 18th, 1920. 32 (3) 1921. p 173–177. Kitchin, F.L., Pringle, J.

== 1921 ==

Excursion to Kingston Hill, March 5th, 1921. 32 (3) 1921. p 181–182. Turner, E.A.

Excursion to Jersey, March 24th to April 2nd, 1921. 32 (4) 1921. p 210–215. Plymen, G.H.

Excursion to the Tring Gap and Steps Hill, April 9th, 1921. 32 (4) 1921. p 215–217. Barrow, G., Green, J.F.N.

Excursion to Sanderstead and Purley, April 30th, 1921. 32 (4) 1921. p 217–218. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to Northamptonshire, May 13th to 18th, 1921. 32 (4) 1921. p 219–226. Thompson, B.

Excursion to the valley of the Mole, May 7th, 1921. 32 (4) 1921. p 219–219. Whitaker, W.

Excursion to St. Leonards, May 21st, 1921. 32 (4) 1921. p 226–227. Abbott, W.J.L.

Evidence for folding in the Tertiary and Cretaceous rocks near South Mimms and Ridge Hill. With report of excursion, May 28th, 1920. 32 (4) 1921. p 227–231. Wooldridge, S.W.

Excursion to Walton Heath and Headley, June 11th, 1921. 32 (4) 1921. p 231–235. Young, G.W., Turner, E.A.

Excursion to Longfield and the Swanscombe Eocene Outlier (western side), June 18th, 1921. 32 (4) 1921. p 236–238. Priest, S., Stamp, L.D.

Long excursion to Belgium. August 20th to September 3rd, 1921. 33 (1) 1922. p 39–72. Stamp, L.D.

Excursion to Taplow, June 25th, 1921. 33 (1) 1922. p 73–74. Treacher, L.

Excursion to Blue Bell Hill, Rochester, July 2nd 1921. 33 (1) 1922. p 75–76. Dibley, G.E.

Excursion to Brockley, Bromley Park and Beckenham, July 16th, 1921. 33 (1) 1922. p 77–78. Bromehead, C.N.

Excursion to Bracknell, July 23rd 1921. 33 (1) 1922. p 79–80. Wrigley, A.

Excursion to Well Hill, September 10th, 1921. 33 (1) 1922. p 80–80. Leach, A.L.

The geology of the country around Heathfield, Sussex, (with report of excursion to Heathfield, Brightling, Netherfield and Robertsbridge), June 4th 1921. 33 (2) 1922. p 142–151. Milner, H.B.

Excursion to Swindon, September 17th, 1921. 33 (2) 1922. p 152–155. Gore, C.H., Chatwin, C.P., Pringle, J.

Excursion to Combe Martin, April 12th to 20th, 1922. 33 (3) 1922. p 228–134. Evans, J.W.

Excursion to Ashford, Middlesex, to view the site of the Metropolitan Water Board's reservoir, July 9th 1921. 33 (3) 1922. p 244–244. Dewey, H.

Excursion to the Felixstowe and Ipswich district, Whitsuntide, 1922. 33 (4) 1922. p 306–312. Boswell, P.G.H., Double, I.S.

On the Perna Bed and the Weald Clay at Reigate, with report of excursion to Reigate, Saturday, February 4th, 1922. 33 (4) 1922. p 313–318. Butler, G.W.

Excursion to Worcester Park and New Malden, April 29th, 1922. 33 (4) 1922. p 319–319. Wrigley, A.

Notes on the geology of the Langdon Hills, Essex, with report of excursion, May 6th, 1922. 33 (4) 1922. p 320–323. Woolridge, S.W., Berdinner, H.C.

Excursion to Sole Street, Holly Hill and West Malling, June 17th, 1922. 33 (4) 1922. p 324–327. Bromehead, C.E.N., Priest, S.

Long excursion to Lydford and Brent Tor, Devon, August 19th to 26th, 1922. 34 (1) 1923. p 32–38. Sherlock, R.L.

Notes on a new species of 'Terebelloid' and other phenomena in the Great Pit at Harefield, Middlesex, with report of excursion, May 13th, 1922. 34 (1) 1923. p 43–46. White, E.I.

Notes on the geology and structure of the country around Tunbridge Wells, with report of excursion to Southborough, Tunbridge Wells, High Rocks and Eridge, Saturday, May 20th, 1922. 34 (1) 1923. p 47–55. Milner, H.B.

Excursion to Goring Gap, June 10th, 1922. 34 (1) 1923. p 56–65. Hawkins, H.L.

Excursion to Bracknell, June 24th, 1922. 34 (1) 1923. p 66–66. Wrigley, A.

Excursion to Clandon and Chilworth, Surrey, July 1st, 1922. 34 (1) 1923. p 67–69. Monckton, H.W.

Excursion to Folkestone, with notes on the zones of the Gault, September 30th, 1922. 34 (1) 1923. p 70–76. Spath, L.F.

The Tertiary section at Shorne Wood, Cobham, Kent, with report of excursion, September 23rd, 1922. 34 (2) 1923. p 137–141. Chandler, R.H.

== 1923 ==

Excursion to the Cromer and Norwich districts, Whitsuntide, May 18th to 23rd, 1923. 34 (3) 1923. p 223–232. Boswell, P.G.H., Slater, G.

Excursion to Swindon and district, Easter, March 30th to April 3rd, 1923. 34 (3) 1923. p 233–241. Hawkins, H.L., Pringle, J.

Excursion to Bedmond, Bennett's End and Boxmoor, September 16th, 1922. 34 (3) 1923. p 242–243. Gilbert, C.J.

Notes on the geology of Epping Forest, with report of excursion, April 28th, 1912. 34 (3) 1923. p 244–252. Wells, A.K., Woolridge, S.W.

The geology of the country around East Grinstead, Sussex with report of excursion to Hartfield, Holtye Common, Forest Row, Ashurstwood, and East Grinstead, June 16th, 1923. 34 (4) 1923. p 283–300. Milner, H.B.

Notes on the geology of Boughton-under-Blean, with report of excursion, June 2nd, 1912. 34 (4) 1923. p 300–313. Collins, I., Gill, D.M.C.

The geology of the Rayleigh Hills, Essex, with report of excursion, June 23rd, 1923. 34 (4) 1923. p 314–322. Woolridge, S.W.

Excursion to Claygate and Oxshott, May 12th, 1912. 34 (4) 1923. p 323–324. Dewey, H.

Excursion to the Boulonnaise, August 25th to September 1st, 1923. 35 (1) 1924. p 56–67. Pruvost, P., Pringle, J.

Excursion of Cobham and Stroud, October 14th, 1922. 35 (1) 1924. p 77–78. Priest, S.

Notes on the geology of the district around Wrotham and Borough Green, Kent, with report of excursion, September 29th, 1923. 35 (1) 1924. p 79–83. Brown, H.J.W.

The Watling Street sections through Swanscombe Hill, with reports of the excursions of 14th September 1922 and 30th June, 1923. 35 (2) 1924. p 142–149. Brown, E.E.S., Priest, S.

Excursion to Marlow, July 14th 1923. 35 (2) 1924. p 150–151. Treacher, L.

Excursion to Arran, July 27th to August 3rd, 1923. 35 (4) 1924. p 401–423. Gregory, J.W., Tyrrell, G.W.

== 1924 ==

Excursion to Tolworth, September 8th, 1923. 35 (2) 1924. p 152–153. Wrigley, A.

Excursion to Frindsbury and Upnor, Kent, July 19th, 1924. 36 (4) 1925. p 432–433. Berdinner, H.C.

Excursion to Wokingham and Virginia Water, May 24th, 1924. 36 (4) 1925. p 449–451. Treacher, L.L.

Excursion to the Swansea district, April 18th to 23rd, 1924. 35 (4) 1924. p 308–315. Trueman, A.E., George, T.N.

Excursion to Newbury and Boxford, May 17th, 1924. 35 (4) 1924. p 395–400. Hawkins, H.L.

Excursion to the Whitehaven district. July 26th to August 1st, 1924. 36 (1) 1925. p 62–75. Smith, B., Dixon, E.E.L., Eastwood, T., Edmonds, C.

Excursion to Cirencester and district, June 7th to 10th, 1924. Report with an appendix on a boring at Lewis Lane, Cirencester. 36 (1) 1925. p 80–99. Richardson, L.

Excursion to the Worthing district, Sussex, June 28th, 1924. 36 (1) 1925. p 99–102. Gaster, C.T.A.

Geology of the Brentwood and Shenfield sections. 36 (2) 1925. p 174–184. Berdinner, H.C.

Report of excursions arranged by the North-East Lancashire Group, 1924. 36 (2) 1925. p 185–188. Sherlock, R.L., Tonks, L.H., Lloyd, W.

== 1925 ==

The geology of the Canterbury district, with special reference to the Whitsuntide excursion, 1925. 36 (3) 1925. p 257–284. Dewey, H., Wooldridge, S.W., Cornes, H.W., Brown, E.E.S.

Report of excursion to the Canterbury district. 36 (3) 1925. p 284–290. Dewey, H., Brown, E.E.S.

Report of excursion to Eastbourne and Hastings, June 12th, 1925. 36 (3) 1925. p 317–320. Milner, H.B.

Excursion to south Shropshire, July 23rd to 30th, 1925. 36 (4) 1925. p 394–405. Watts, W.W.

Report of excursions arranged by the North-east Lancashire Group, 1925. 37 (3) 1926. p 340–345. Sherlock, R.L.

== 1926 ==

Report of excursion to Carmarthen, Easter, 1925. 37 (1) 1926. p 107–115. Evans, D.C., Jones, O.T.

Report of excursion to Merstham and Coulsdon, April 14th, 1923. 37 (2) 1926. p 221–224. Davis, A.G.

Excursion to Dartmoor, April 2nd to 7th, 1926. 37 (3) 1926. p 278–282. Brammall, A.

Geology of the Swiss Alps. With special reference to the excursion of the Geologists' Association. 37 (4) 1926. p 346–390. Collet, L.W.

Report of excursion to Switzerland. 37 (4) 1926. p 391–391. Bull, A.J.

Report of excursion to Burham and Aylesford. Kent, May 29th, 1926. 37 (4) 1926. p 432–433. Dibley, G.E.

Excursion to Woodside (London Clay), June 6th, 1925. 37 (4) 1926. p 434–436. Davis, A.G., Wrigley, A.

Excursion to Shiplake, June 26th, 1926. 37 (4) 1926. p 440–441. Treacher, L.

On the former course of the Kennet between Theale and Pangbourne incorporating report of an excursion to Pangbourne and Sulham, July 3rd, 1926. 37 (4) 1926. p 442–446. Hawkins, H.L.

Report of excursion to the Oxford district, July 19th, 1926. 37 (4) 1926. p 447–457. Pringle, J.

Excursion to the western Pennines, July 24th to August 3rd, 1926. 39 (2) 1928. p 169–192. Ranson, J., Holmes, J., Spencer, J., Parkinson, D.

Excursion to Cobham, Surrey, July 17th, 1926. 39 (2) 1928. p 193–194. Turner, E.A.

Report of excursion to Borough Green, September 25th, 1926. 39 (2) 1928. p 194–195. Brown, E.E.S.

== 1927 ==

Excursion to the Hog's Back and Guildford. 38 (3) 1927. p 402–403. Dines, H.G., Edmunds, F.H.

Excursion to Farnham. 38 (3) 1927. p 402–402. Dines, H.G., Young, G.W.

Excursion to Kingsclere, May 21st, 1927. 39 (1) 1928. p 98–102. Hawkins, H.L.

Report on the excursion to Torquay. Easter, 1927. 39 (2) 1928. p 154–156. Shannon, W.G.

Report of excursion to Coulsdon, Chaldon and Merstham, June 11th, 1927. 39 (2) 1928. p 196–198. Davis, A.G.

== 1928 ==

Excursion to Newhaven and Brighton, September 3rd, 1927. 39 (2) 1928. p 198–201. Gaster, C.T.A.

The London Clay of Newnham (Hants) with report of excursion to Hook, July 2nd, 1927. 39 (3) 1928. p 360–368. Wrigley, A

Excursion to Ivinghoe and Cheddington. 39 (4) 1928. p 492–497. Earle, K.W.

Excursion to Gubblecote and Tring. 39 (4) 1928. p 498–499. Earle, K.W.

Excursion to Keston, Kent and Fairchildes, Surrey, April 30th, 1927. 40 (1) 1929. p 103–104. Davis, A.G.

Notes on the development of the western part of the Wey drainage system: together with report of field meeting at Borden and Alton (Hants), September 15th, 1928. 41 (2) 1930. p 160–174. Linton, D.L.

== 1929 ==

Excursion to the Bristol district, Portishead and Clevedon. March 29th, 1929. 40 (2) 1929. p 171–176. Reynolds, S.H.

Report of an excursion to the Ravensbourne Valley, June 9th 1928. 40 (2) 1929. p 170–170. Leach, A.L., Young, A.C.

Excursion to Bordeaux, September 2nd to 11th, 1924. 40 (3) 1929. p 269–298. Dutertre, A.P., Duvergier, J.

Field meeting at Northwood and Harefield, September 9th, 1929. 40 (4) 1929. p 373–375. Woolridge, S.W., Wrigley, A.

Field meeting at Worms Heath, April 20th, 1929. 40 (4) 1929. p 384–387. Davies, G.M.

Field meeting at Pangbourne and Basildon, May 11th, 1929. 40 (4) 1929. p 388–389. Hawkins, H.L.

Field meeting at Redhill, Merstham and Nutfield, May 27th, 1929. 41 (2) 1930. p 206–211. Gossling, F.

Field meeting at Witley and Hascombe, June 21st, 1929. 41 (2) 1930. p 217–219. Kirkaldy, J.F., Turner, E.A.

Report of field meeting in the Leith Hill district, June 22nd, 1929. 41 (2) 1930. p 212–216. Hayward, H.A.

Field meeting at Plumstead and Bostall Heath, July 13th, 1929. 40 (4) 1929. p 390–390. Leach, A.L.

East Sutherland field meeting, July 27th to August 7th, 1929. 41 (1) 1930. p 63–86. Macgregor, M., Read, H.H., Manson, W., Pringle, J.

Field meeting in the Hitchin district, June 15th, 1929. 41 (1) 1930. p 87–91. Bloom, E.F.D., Wooldridge, S.W.

Field meeting at Tonbridge and Leigh, September 28th, 1929. 41 (1) 1930. p 92–95. Hall, S.

== 1930 ==

The Clactonian industry and report of field meeting at Swanscombe. 42 (2) 1931. p 175–177. Chandler, R.H.

The Snowdon district. Report of the Easter Field Meeting, 1930. 41 (2) 1930. p 190–205. Williams, H.

Field meeting at Helston, Cornwall, Whitsun, 1930. 41 (3) 1930. p 354–361. Hall, S.

Report of field meeting at Charlton and Blackheath, May 3rd, 1930. 41 (3) 1930. p 361–362. Leach, A.L.

The St David's district: Report of Summer field meeting. 41 (4) 1930. p 412–438. Cox, A.H., Green, J.F.N., Jones, O.T., Pringle, J

Field meeting at Etchingham and Robertsbridge, May 17th, 1930. 41 (4) 1930. p 439–441. Fitch, A.A.

Report of field meeting at Hitchin, June 14th, 1930. 41 (4) 1930. p 441–442. Bloom, E.F.D.

Report of field meeting to study the Corallian rocks south-west of Oxford. 42 (1) 1931. p 50–52. Arkell, W.J.

Report of field meeting at Guildford, September 6th, 1930. 42 (3) 1931. p 303–303. Turner, E.A.

== 1931 ==

Contributions to the geology of Northumberland and Durham, written for the summer field meeting 1931. 42 (3) 1931. p 217–296. Carruthers, R.G., Dunham, K.C., Headley, W.P., Hickling, G.

Easter field meeting to Minsterley, April 8th to 11th 1931. 42 (4) 1931. p 339–344. Whittard, W.F.

Week-end field meeting in the Birmingham district, June 28th to 29th, 1931. 42 (3) 1931. p 297–302. Boulton, W.S.

Easter field meeting at Bridgnorth, 1931. 42 (4) 1931. p 370–377. Whitehead, T.H., Wills, L.G., Pocock, R.O.

The Summer field meeting of 1931 in Northumberland and Durham. 42 (4) 1931. p 378–385. Hickling, G.

The Clactonian industry and Report of fielField meeting in the Isle of Wight, May 23rd to 26th, 1931. 44 (2) 1933. p 184–186. Hall, S.

d meeting at Swanscombe (II), June 13th, 1931. 43 (1) 1932. p 70–72. Chandler, R.H.

== 1932 ==

Report of field meeting at Guildford, July 18th. 1931. 43 (1) 1932. p 73–73. Turner, E.A.

Report of field meeting at Betchworth and Brockham, Surrey, July 11th, 1931. 43 (2) 1932. p 199–200. Hayward, H.A.

Report of field meeting to the Vale of White Horse, May 28th, 1932. 43 (3) 1932. p 272–274. Hawkins, H.L.

Report of field meeting at Shooter's Hill, April 16th, 1932. 43 (3) 1932. p 276–276. Leach, A.L.

Report of Whitsun field meeting, 1932: The Dorset Coast, near Weymouth. 43 (4) 1932. p 277–283. Chatwin, C.P.

The Eocene outlier near Knockmill, Kent; and report of field meeting. 43 (4) 1932. p 284–289. Leach, A.L.

Report of field meeting at Ipswich, July 9th, 1932. 43 (4) 1932. p 290–290. Slater, G., Leach, A.L.

Report of field meeting at Ipswich. 43 (4) 1932. p 290. Leach, A.L.

Summary of geology of Ardnamurchan, including the report of the summer field meeting (1932) to Ardnamurchan, Staffa, Iona, and Oban. 44 (1) 1933. p 1–56. Richey, J.E.

Report of Summer field meeting (1932) to Girvan-Ballantrae. 44 (1) 1933. p 57–86. Tyrrell, G.W., Begg, J.L., Wood. A., Lamont, A.

Report of field meeting at Albury and Shere, October 1st, 1932. 44 (2) 1933. p 174–176. Kirkcaldy, J.F.

New evidence on the Great Oolite succession at Bladon, near Woodstock, Oxfordshire, with report of field meeting. 44 (2) 1933. p 177–183. Arkell, W.J.

== 1933 ==

Report of field meeting in the Mole Gap, May 6th, 1933. 44 (3) 1933. p 312–313. Bull, A.J.

Report of field meeting in the Henley Inlier, May 13th, 1933. 44 (3) 1933. p 336–339. Hawkins, H.L.

Report of field meeting at Welwyn and Mardley Heath, April 22nd, 1933. 44 (3) 1933. p 378–378. Wooldridge, S.W.

Report of field meeting at Dorking, April 8th, 1933. 44 (4) 1933. p 389–390. Edmunds, F.H.

Report of Easter field meeting (1933) to Tenby and the south Pembrokeshire coast. 44 (4) 1933. p 391–401. Leach, A.L., Dixon, E.E.L.

Report of field meeting at Maidstone and Sutton Valence, Kent, May 27th, 1933. 44 (4) 1933. p 415–416. Stott, R.W.

Report of field meeting at Abbey Wood, Kent, June 17th, 1933. 44 (4) 1933. p 417–421. Epps, F.J., Priest, S.

Report of field meeting in the Kent Coalfield, July 15th 1933. With an account of Chislet Colliery by E. Potts. 44 (4) 1933. p 422–427. Dines, H.G., Crookhall, R.C., Potts, E.

Report of the Yorkshire Dales. Summer field meeting, 1933. 44 (4) 1933. p 428–440. King, W.B.R.

Report of field meeting to the Holderness Coast, August 18th to 21st, 1933. 44 (4) 1933. p 441–443. Bisat, W.S.

Report of Whitsun field meeting (1933). A traverse of the Central Weald. 44 (4) 1933. p 444–454. Hall, S., Milner, H.B., Sweeting, G.S.

Report of field meeting in the Ravensbourne valley at Hayes and Keston, July 1st, 1933. 45 (1) 1934. p 70–71. Leach, A.L.

Report of field meeting in the Marlow district, September 23rd, 1933. 45 (1) 1934. p 107–108. Treacher, L.

== 1934 ==

Report of field meeting at Aylesbury, September, 16th, 1933. 45 (1) 1934. p 104–106. Davies, A.M.

Report of field meeting at Netley Heath and Albury, Surrey. 45 (4) 1934. p 432–433. Davies, G.M.

Report of Summer field meeting (1934): north-east Yorkshire, August 9th to 20th, 1934. 45 (3) 1934. p 291–306. Black, M.

Report of Summer field meeting to Norway, August 9th to 20th, 1934. 45 (3) 1934. p 378–388. Holtedahl, O., Kolderup. C.F.

Report of Whitsun field meeting of 1934; Isle of Purbeck. 45 (4) 1934. p 412–419. Arkell, A.J.

Report of field meeting at the Pang Valley, Berkshire, April 14th, 1934. 45 (4) 1934. p 420–423. Hawkins, H.L.

Report of field meeting at Tadworth and Headley, May 26th, 1934. 45 (4) 1934. p 424–424. Kirkaldy, J.F.

Report of field meeting at Highdown Hill and Angmering-on-Sea, June 24th, 1934. 45 (4) 1934. p 427–431. Martin, E.A.

Report of field meeting at Moor End and Frieth, April 28th, 1934. 45 (4) 1934. p 434–435. Wooldridge, S.W.

Report of Easter field meeting of 1934: Gloucester district. 45 (4) 1934. p 445–450. Gardiner, C.I., Reynolds, S.H., Smith, Stanley, Trueman, A.E.

Report of field meeting at Folkestone, Kent, May 5th, 1934. 46 (4) 1935. p 429–431. Spath, L.F.

Report of Week-end field meeting at Scolt Head Island and Hunstanton, June 30th, 1934. 46 (1) 1935. p 65–69. Steers, J.A., Thomas, H.D.

The Clactonian industry and report of field meeting at Swanscombe (III), July 21st, 1934. 46 (1) 1935. p 43–45. Chandler, R.H.

Report of field meeting at Higham and Shorne, Kent, September 22nd, 1934. 46 (1) 1935. p 61–64. Priest, S., Epps, F.J.

Report of field meeting at Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire, September 30th, 1934. 46 (4) 1935. p 432–436. Toombs, H.A.

== 1935 ==

Report of the Easter field meeting at north-western Denbighshire, April 18th to 23rd, 1935. 46 (2) 1935. p 193–202. Boswell, P.G.H.

Report of field meeting at Dartford and Stone, June 9th, 1934. 46 (2) 1935. p 203–206. Priest, S.

Report of field meeting at Pulborough, July 7th, 1934. 46 (2) 1935. p 207–209. Kirkaldy, J.F.

Report of field meeting at Knockmill, Kent, September 15th, 1934. 46 (2) 1935. p 210–210. Leach, A.L.

The structure of Bower Hill, Nutfield (Surrey). 46 (3) 1935. p 360–390. Gossling, F.

Report of Whitsun field meeting: The Birmingham district, June 8th to 11th, 1935. 46 (3) 1935. p 391–398. Wills, L.J., Raw, F., Shotton, F.W.

Report of field meeting at Monk's Risborough, Bucks, April 27th, 1935. 46 (3) 1935. p 399–400. Davies, A.M.

Report of field meeting at Hassocks and Devil's Dyke, May 4th, 1935. 46 (3) 1935. p 401–402. Bull, A.J.

Report of week-end field meeting in the Witney district, May 25th and 26th, 1935. 46 (3) 1935. p 403–411. Richardson, L.

Summer field meeting: Aberystwyth district, July 31st to August 8th, 1935. 46 (4) 1935. p 413–428. Jones, O.T., Pugh, W.J.

Report of Summer field meeting: north-east Ireland, August 13th to 23rd, 1935. 46 (4) 1935. p 493–502. Charlesworth, J.K.

Field meeting in the region of the River Mole, August 31st, 1935. 47 (1) 1936. p 11–14. Green, J.F.N.

Report of field meeting in the Southern Chilterns, May 11th, 1935. 47 (1) 1936. p 32–35. Hawkins, H.L.

Report of field meeting at Polegate, Jevington and Willingdon, June 15th, 1935. 47 (1) 1936. p 36–37. Gaster, C.T.A.

Report of field meeting at Cheddington, Ivinghoe and Gubblecote, July 7th, 1935. 47 (1) 1936. p 38–41. Oakley, K.P.

Report of field meeting at West Hoathly, Sussex, September 21st, 1935. 47 (1) 1936. p 68–70. Edmunds, F.H.

The London Clay at Bracknell, Berkshire, With report of a field meeting, April 6th, 1935. 47 (2) 1936. p 140–144. Davis, A.G.

Report of field meeting at Chorley Wood, June 22nd, 1935. 47 (2) 1936. p 149–149. Wooldridge, S.W., Gray, G.D.B.

Report of field meeting in the Rhone Valley. 47 (3) 1936. p 183–196. Roman, F.

== 1936 ==

Field meeting in the region of the River Mole, May 2nd, 1936. 47 (3) 1936. p 234–235. Green, J.F.N.

Report of field meeting at Inkpen, Berkshire, May 23rd, 1936. 47 (3) 1936. p 236–238. Hawkins, H.L.

Report of field meeting at Berwick and Hellingly, Sussex, May 10th, 1936. 47 (3) 1936. p 265–268. Kirkaldy, J.F., Bull, A.J.

Report of field meeting to Unst, Shetland, August 8th to 15th, 1936. 47 (4) 1936. p 295–300. Read, H.H.

Whitsun field meeting in the Lyme Regis district, May 30th to June 2nd, 1936. 47 (4) 1936. p 301–315. Lang, W.D., Thomas, H. Dighton

Report of field meeting at Oxted and Godstone, July 20th, 1936. 47 (4) 1936. p 322–327. Gossling, F.

Field meeting at Henfield and Bramber, June 6th, 1936. 47 (4) 1936. p 346–348. Kirkaldy, J.F.

Field meeting to Herne Bay and Reculver, June 14th, 1936. 47 (4) 1936. p 349–351. Brown, E.E.S.

Summer field meeting to the Cross Fell Inlier and Stainmore, August 18th to 25th, 1936. 47 (4) 1936. p 376–387. Shotton, F.W., Trotter, F.M.

Field meeting in Charnwood Forest, September 26th and 27th, 1936. 48 (1) 1937. p 1–12. Watts, W.W., Gregory, H.H.

Field meeting at Knockmill, Kent, September 12th, 1936. 48 (1) 1937. p 46–47. Chandler, R.H., Leach, A.L.

Week-end field meeting in Cardiff district, June 20th and 21st, 1936. 48 (1) 1937. p 52–60. Cox, A.H., Heard, A.H.

Report of Orkney and Shetland field meeting, August 4th to 19th, 1936. 48 (1) 1937. p 61–76. Wilson, G.V., Knox, J.

Additional notes on geology of Sheppey, with report of field meeting, June 28th, 1936. 48 (1) 1937. p 77–81. Davis, A.G.

Report of field meeting at Swindon, April 26th, 1936. 48 (1) 1937. p 82–84. Pringle, J.

The Carboniferous Limestone (Avonian) rocks of the Bristol Coalfield. 48 (2) 1937. p 115–130. Reynolds, S.H.

Report of field meeting at Danbury, Essex, May 16th, 1936. 48 (2) 1937. p 160–162. Turner, J.S.

Report of field meeting at Taplow, Burnham and Iver, Bucks., September 20th, 1936. 48 (3) 1937. p 276–279. Oakley, K.P.

== 1937 ==

Report of field meeting at test borings for oil at Portsdown and Henfield, February 21st, 1937. 48 (3) 1937. p 280–281. Cox, P.T.

The geology of the Mimms Valley, and report of field meeting, July 10th, 1936. 48 (3) 1937. p 307–315. Wooldridge, S.W., Kirkaldy, J.F.

Report of field meeting to Welwyn and Codicote, June 19th, 1937. 48 (3) 1937. p 316–316. Sherlock, R.L.

Report of field meeting at Eastbourne, July 10th, 1937. 48 (4) 1937. p 328–329. Bull, A.J.

Report of field meeting at Worms Heath, July 17th, 1937. 48 (4) 1937. p 349–349. Davies, G.M.

Report of field meeting at Wrothham and Borough Green, Kent, September 11th, 1937. 48 (4) 1937. p 350–353. Holmes, S.C.A.

Report of field meeting at Lewes, Sussex, September 4th, 1937. 48 (4) 1937. p 354–355. Gaster, C.T.A.

Report of field meeting at Barton, Hants, June 26th, 1937. 48 (4) 1937. p 374–378. Burton, E. St. John, Curry, D.

Report of field meeting in the Lea Valley, October 10th, 1937. 48 (4) 1937. p 378–378. Emery, J.N., Sherlock, R.L.

Report of field meeting at West Malling, Kent, October 2nd, 1937. 48 (4) 1937. p 396–398. Brown, E.E.S.

Report of Easter field meeting to Oswestry, March 26th to 30th, 1937. 48 (4) 1937. p 399–404. King, W.B.R.

Report of field meeting at Wateringbury and Mereworth. 49 (1) 1938. p 55–57. Brown, E.E.S., Himus, G.W.

Report of week-end field meeting in the Kettering district, June 12th and 13th, 1937. 49 (1) 1938. p 59–76. Richardson, L., Kent, P.E.

Notes of the geology of the country around Haslemere and Midhurst; with report of field meeting, May 23rd, 1937. 49 (2) 1938. p 135–147. Kirkaldy, J.F., Wooldridge, S.W.

A contribution on the physiography of the Mere district, Wiltshire, with report of field meeting, May 15th to 18th, 1937. 49 (2) 1938. p 174–196. Edmunds, F.H.

== 1938 ==

Summer field meeting to Dumfries district, July 31st to August 11th, 1937. 49 (3) 1938. p 213–224. Pringle, J., Balsillie, D., MacGregor, M., Simpson, J.B.

Summer field meeting to the Rhenish Schiefergebirge, July 5th to 19th, 1937. 49 (3) 1938. p 225–260. Tilmann, N., Wunstorf, W.

The summer field meeting in the Harrogate district, July 24th to August 2nd, 1938. 49 (4) 1938. p 353–372. Hudson, R.G.S.

Easter field meeting in Cornwall, April 14th to 21st, 1938. 49 (4) 1938. p 385–391. Davison, E.H., Dines, H.G., Leese, C.E., Owen, D.E.

Report of visit to the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge, and field meeting at Royston, May 7th, 1938. 49 (4) 1938. p 405–406. Jones, O.T.

Whitsun field meeting in the Ipswich district, June 3rd to 7th, 1938. 49 (4) 1938. p 410–414. Boswell, P.G.H., Slater, G., Moir, J.R.

Field meeting between Limpsfield and Westerham, May 21st, 1938. 51 (4) 1940. p 341–345. Gossling, F.A.

Field meeting in the Hitchin district, June 18th, 1938. 49 (4) 1938. p 415–419. Bloom, E.F.D., Harper, J.C.

Report of field meeting at Amberley and Pulborough, May 28th, 1938. 50 (1) 1939. p 22–28. Kirkaldy, J.F., Bull, A.J.

Week-end field meeting in the Stamford district, June 25th and 26th, 1938. 50 (1) 1939. p 29–45. Richardson, L.

Report of field meeting at Aylesford, July 3rd, 1938. 50 (1) 1939. p 68–71. Himus, G.W.

Report of field meeting at Highdown Hill, Clapham, and Angmering, West Sussex. 50 (1) 1939. p 72–76. Martin, E.C.

Summer field meeting to western part of the Lleyn Peninsula, August 27th to September 10th, 1938. 50 (1) 1939. p 83–100. Matley, C.A.

Field meeting at Duncton, Singleton and South Harting, west Sussex, September 17th, 1938. 50 (2) 1939. p 162–163. Gaster, C.T.A.

Field meeting at Nuneaton and district, September 11th, 1938. 51 (1) 1940. p 77–78. Eastwood, T.

== 1939 ==

Report of field meeting at Charlton and Blackheath, March 4th, 1939. 50 (3) 1939. p 355–356. Leach, A.L.

Report of field meeting at Swanscombe, Kent, March 25th, 1939. 50 (3) 1939. p 357–361. Oakley, K.P.

The upper part of the Lower Greensand around Folkestone, with a report of the field meeting at Folkestone and Sandling, May 15th, 1938. 50 (3) 1939. p 362–378. Casey, R.

Report of field meeting at Tolworth, April 1st, 1939. 50 (3) 1939. p 418–419. Wrigley, A.

Report of field meeting at Harefield, April 29th, 1939. 50 (3) 1939. p 420–421. Hester, S.W.

Field meeting at Birling Gap, Sussex, June 3rd, 1939. 50 (4) 1939. p 431–432. Bull, A.J.

Field meeting at High Wycombe, Penn and Beaconsfield, June 11th, 1939. 50 (4) 1939. p 432–432. Sherlock, R.L.

Easter field meeting at Hereford, April 6th to 12th, 1939. 51 (1) 1940. p 52–62. Pocock, R.W., Brammall, A., Croft, W.N.

Field meeting at Steyning and Henfield, June 16th to 18th, 1939. 51 (1) 1940. p 72–76. Kirkaldy, J.F., Bull, A.J.

Midland Group, field meeting reports 1939. 51 (2) 1940. p 216–224. Tomlinson, M.E., Ludford, A., Bennett, A.#, Butler, A.J.

Whitsun field meeting in the Yeovil District, May 27th to 30th, 1939. 52 (2) 1941. p 175–182. Kellaway, G.A., Wilson, V.

The Folkestone Sands and base of the Gault near Wrotham Heath, Kent; with report of the field meeting to Wrotham Heath and Offham, Kent, May 21st, 1939. 52 (1) 1941. p 1–15. Brown, E.E.S.

== 1940 ==

Midland Group field meeting; The Wrekin, April 27th, 1940. 52 (3) 1941. p 208–209. Raw, F.

Report of field meeting at Lincoln, May 10th to 14th, 1940. 51 (3) 1940. p 246–256. Richardson, L.

Field meeting at Seaford and the Cuckmere Valley, Sussex, April 27th, 1940. 51 (3) 1940. p 272–273. Gaster, C.T.A.

Easter field meeting to Bath, March 21st to 26th, 1940. 52 (1) 1941. p 16–35. Cox, L.R., Kellaway, G.A., Templeman, A., Gorham, A.

== 1944 ==

Report of field meeting at Waterend, Hertfordshire, April 2nd, 1944. 55 (3) 1944. p 189–189. Evans, P.

Report of a field meeting at Barrington, near Cambridge, May 27th, 1944. 55 (3) 1944. p 189–190. King, W.B.R.

Report of a field meeting at West Wickham, Kent, May 13th, 1944. 55 (3) 1944. p 190–191. Wood, Alan

Report of a field meeting at Elmstead Woods, Kent, July 22nd, 1944. 55 (3) 1944. p 190–190. Wrigley, A.

Midland Group. Reports of field meetings, 1944. 56 (1) 1945. p 21–25. Hignett, E.M., Wills, L.J.

Summer field meeting, The Dolgelly District, August 24th to September 2nd, 1944. 56 (2) 1945. p 59–81. Cox, A.H., Lewis, H.P.

Report of field meeting at Croydon, May 20th, 1944. 56 (2) 1945. p 140–141. Gossling, F., Bull, A.J.

== 1945 ==

Field meeting at Southborough, Tunbridge Wells and Eridge, June 9th, 1945. 56 (3) 1945. p 153–155. Sweeting, G.S.

Field meeting at Elmstead Woods, Kent, July 28th, 1944. 56 (4) 1945. p 219–221. Wrigley, A.

Field meeting at Guildford and the Guildford Bypass, June 21st, 1945. 56 (4) 1945. p 222–223. Dix, E., Wright, C.W.

Field meeting at Barming and East Malling, Kent, September 29th, 1945. 56 (4) 1945. p 224–227. Himus, G.W.

Field meeting at Pangbourne and Sulham, May 5th, 1945. 56 (4) 1945. p 228–230. Hawkins, H.L.

Field meeting; a walk in West London, May 16th, 1945. 56 (4) 1945. p 231–234. Bromehead, C.E.N.

Field meeting at Merstham and Redhill, May 26th, 1945. 56 (4) 1945. p 235–236. Coomber, S.E.

Field meeting at Polesworth and Dordon, Warwickshire, June 2nd, 1945. 56 (4) 1945. p 237–237. Mitchell, G.H.

Field meeting at Wellington, Shropshire, September 1st and 2nd, 1945. 56 (4) 1945. p 238–239. Pocock, R.W., Mitchell, G.H.

Field meeting at Hook Norton and Sibford, Oxfordshire, September 15th, 1945. 57 (1) 1946. p 16–18. Whitehead, T.H., Arkell, W.J.

Midland Group field meeting reports, 1945. 57 (1) 1946. p 22–23. Parkinson, D., Wills, Prof.

The London excursion, 1725. 57 (1) 1946. p 24–27. Woodward, J.

Field meeting in the Duston district, near Northampton, July 7th, 1945. 57 (1) 1946. p 28–29. Wilson, V.

Field meeting in Pulborough district, Sussex, June 23rd, 1945. 57 (3) 1946. p 161–163. Bull, A.J.

Field meeting at Reading, May 4th, 1946. 57 (3) 1946. p 164–171. Hawkins, H.L.

== 1946 ==

Easter field meeting at Ashover district, Derbyshire, 1946. 57 (3) 1946. p 137–152. Sweeting, G.S., Himus. G.W.

Field meeting at Godstone, Surrey, May 11th, 1946. 57 (3) 1946. p 172–173. Bull, A.J.

Field meeting in the Kettering district. 57 (4) 1946. p 235. Taylor, J.H.

Field meeting in the Kettering district. 57 (4) 1946. p 235–245. Hollingworth, S.E., Taylor, J.H.

Field meeting at Leighton Buzzard, August 11th, 1946. 57 (4) 1946. p 329–330. Wright, C.W.

Midland Group. field meeting Reports, 1946. 58 (1) 1947. p 71–72. Wills, L.J., Walters, L.F.I., Parkinson, D.

Whitsun field meeting to the Central Weald, June 8th to 11th, 1946. 58 (1) 1947. p 73–85. Wooldridge, S.W., Allen, P., Bull, A.J., Kirkaldy, J.F.

Report of field meeting at Upnor, Kent, July 20th, 1946. 58 (2) 1947. p 125–127. Searle, D.L.

Report of field meeting at Reigate, September 28th, 1946. 58 (3) 1947. p 192–193. Kirkaldy, J.F.

== 1947 ==

Report of field meeting at Lewes, Sussex, June 21st, 1947. 59 (1) 1948. p 7–8. Gaster, C.T.A.

Observations on the geology of East Suffolk, being the report of field meeting to Ipswich and district, July 18th to 20th, 1947. 59 (1) 1948. p 23–34. Ovey, C.D., Pitcher, W.S.

Midland Group field meeting at the Forest of Dean and May Hill, Gloucestershire, May 2nd to 4th, 1947. 59 (1) 1948. p 58–61. Whittington, H.B.

Midland Group field meeting at Bridgnorth, July 12th, 1947. 59 (1) 1948. p 62–63. Ludford, A.

Report of field meeting at Oxted, May 17th, 1947. 59 (2) 1948. p 86–86. Wright, C.W.

Report of field meeting at Godalming, Hurtmore and Compton, Surrey. 59 (2) 1948. p 87–87. Wright, C.W.

Report of field meeting at Tilburstow Hill, Surrey, April 24th, 1948. 59 (3) 1948. p 140–140. Bull, A.J.

Field meeting at Weymouth, Dorset, September 13th to 19th, 1947. 59 (3) 1948. p 141–150. Sylvester-Bradley, P.C.

== 1948 ==

Field meeting at Charlton, Plumstead and Abbey Wood, May 8th, 1948. 59 (3) 1948. p 172–173. Pitcher, W.S.

Field meeting in the north-west Weald, May 29th, 1948. 59 (3) 1948. p 174–175. Kirkaldy, J.F.

Field meeting at Well Hill and Halstead, Kent, June 12th, 1948. 59 (3) 1948. p 176–178. Bell, A.G.

An account of the long field meeting held in Switzerland, September 6th to 21st, 1947. 59 (4) 1948. p 181–228. Cadisch, J., Niggli, P., Rutsch, R., Gunzler-Seiffert, H.

Whitsun field meeting to the Isle of Wight, June 23rd to 26th, 1947. 59 (4) 1948. p 229–233. Barnard, T.

Field meeting to study the coastline of Romney Marsh, July 4th, 1948. 60 (1) 1949. p 41–43. Marsh, T.W.

Field meeting in the Worthing district, July 18th, 1948. 60 (1) 1949. p 44–47. Martin, E.C.

Field meeting at Bognor Regis and Bracklesham Bay, May 22nd and 23rd, 1948. 60 (1) 1949. p 54–56. Venables, E.M.

Report of field meeting at Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpenden, May 1st, 1948. 60 (1) 1949. p 57–57. Kirkaldy, J.F.

Field meeting in the north Chiltern Hills and Aylesbury district, April 10th, 1948. 60 (3) 1949. p 219–221. Davies, A.M., Wilson, V.

Field meeting in the Epping Forest district, May 9th, 1948. 60 (3) 1949. p 222–222. Hayward, J.F.

Field meeting at Folkestone and Sandling, June 20th, 1948. 60 (3) 1949. p 223–225. Casey, R.

Field meeting at Sevenoaks, Kent, July 10th, 1948. 60 (4) 1949. p 274–274. Browne, G.A.

== 1949 ==

Field meeting at Nuneaton, April 23rd, 1949. 60 (4) 1949. p 272–273. Eastwood, T.

Field meeting in the central Chilterns, May 7th, 1949. 63 (1) 1952. p 59–62. Evans, P, Oakley, K.P.

Whitsun field meeting at Lyme Regis, May 14th to 17th, 1948. 61 (2) 1950. p 156–160. Barnard, T., Capewell, J.G.

Field meeting at Barton and Milford-on-Sea, Hants., May 21st, 1949. 61 (2) 1950. p 161–162. Burton, E.St.J., Curry, D.

Field meeting on the South Downs, June 11th, 1949. 61 (2) 1950. p 163–164. Sparks, B.W.

Field meeting in the Lowestoft district, July 1st to 3rd, 1949. 61 (2) 1950. p 191–197. Baden-Powell, D.F.W.

Whitsun field meeting to the Woolhope District and May Hill, June 3rd to 6th, 1949. 61 (3) 1950. p 202–205. Pocock, R.W.

Field meeting to Charlton, Plumstead and Abbey Wood, June 25th, 1949. 61 (3) 1950. p 218–218. Epps, F.J.

Field meeting at Water End, North Mimms, May 28th, 1949. 61 (4) 1950. p 224–224. Kirkaldy, J.F.

Field meeting in the Cotswolds, Easter, April 14th to 19th, 1949. 61 (4) 1950. p 261–267. Channon, P.J., Cox, L.R.

Field meeting at Lewes, Berwick and Newhaven, July 16th, 1949. 61 (4) 1950. p 299–301. Higginbottom, I.E.

Field meeting at Eynsford, Kent, September 24th, 1949. 61 (4) 1950. p 302–302. Bell, A.G., Bell, R.J.

== 1950 ==
Summer field meeting in East Yorkshire, July 23rd to August 4th, 1950. 65 (4) 1954. p 313–325. Wilson, V., Wright, C.W., Jemingway, J.E., Versey, H.C.

Summer field meeting in Norway, August 7th to 22nd, 1950. 62 (3) 1951. p 203–223. Holtedahl, O., Barth, T.F.W., Kolderup, N.H., Kvale, A., Kirkaldy, J.F.,

== 1951 ==

Field meeting to Hainhault Forest and the Field meeting at Welshpool, May 4th, 1951. 64 (2) 1953. p 100–104. Hignett, E.M.
Roding Valley, April 8th, 1951. 62 (4) 1951. p 254–254. Hayward, J.F.

Field meeting at Frankley and Rubery, 2 June 1951. 64 (2) 1953. p 99–99. Raw, F.

Field meeting in the southern Chilterns, April 28th, 1951. 62 (4) 1951. p 255–256. Hawkins, H.L.

Field meeting in Sheppey, June 16th, 1951. 62 (4) 1951. p 269–269. Davis, A.G., Elliott, G.F.

Summer field meeting in the Massif Central, September 10th to 23rd, 1951. 65 (3) 1954. p 278–312. Roques, M., Lapadu-Hargues, P.M., Bradshaw, R.

Field meeting, Whitsun 1951, at Tintagel, north Cornwall. 63 (1) 1952. p 49–58. Wilson, G.

== 1952 ==

Field meeting at the Stour Estuary, May 18th, 1952. 64 (1) 1953. p 24–24. Davis, A.G., Elliott, G.F., Spencer, H.E.P.

Easter field meeting, 1952: The Jurassic rocks of Oxfordshire and their superficial deposits. 64 (2) 1953. p 88–98. McKerrow,W.S., Baden-Powell, D.F.W.

Summer field meeting in south Shropshire, August 17th to 29th 1952. 64 (3) 1953. p 232–250. Whittard, W.F., Ball, H.W., Blyth, F.G.H., Dineley, D.L.

The Geologists' Association and its field meetings. Presidential Address for 1954. 65 (1) 1954. p 1–10. Himus, G.W.
Field meeting in the Caterham - Godstone district, October 11th, 1952. 65 (1) 1954. p 23–24. Bradshaw, R.

== 1953 ==

Field meeting in the Vale of St Albans, September 13th, 1953. 65 (1) 1954. p 18–22. Evans, P.

Field meeting in the Hindhead neighbourhood, May 9th, 1953. 65 (2) 1954. p 175–177. Kirkaldy, J.F., Middlemiss, F.A.

Field meeting, Whitsun 1953, at Lynton, North Devon, May 22nd to 26th, 1953. 65 (2) 1954. p 178–181. Simpson, S., Kidson, C.

Field meeting at Whitecliffe Bay, Isle of Wight, May 31st, 1953. 65 (2) 1954. p 182–184. Curry, D.

Field meeting at Keston, Downe, Kent, and visit to the Darwin Memorial Rooms at Down House, June 20th ,1953. 65 (4) 1954. p 338–349. Davis, A.G., Carreck, J.N.

Summer field meeting in north-west Ireland with an introductory note on the geology, September 9th to 25th, 1953. 65 (4) 1954. p 345–371. Pitcher, W.S., Cheesman, R.L.

Field meeting at Abberley, Worcestershire, September 12th, 1953. 65 (4) 1954. p 372–373. Garrett, P.A.
1954

Additional records of mollusca from the Dimlington area, and the relation of the beds to the Bridlington Crag (Report on Summer field meeting in East Yorkshire: Appendix A). 65 (4) 1954. p 325–327. Bisat, W.S.

Note on the age of the Holderness shells. (Summer field meeting in East Yorkshire: Appendix B). 65 (4) 1954. p 327–327. Baden-Powell, D.F.W.

Field meeting in South Wales, March 23rd to 27th, 1951. 65 (4) 1954. p 328–337. Simpson, B.

Notes on some Holocene Chalk rainwashes at Cudham and Keston, near Downe, Kent (appendix to Report on field meeting at Keston, Downe, Kent). 65 (4) 1954. p 340–344. Kerney, M.P., Carreck, J.N.

Field meeting at Hereford, May 7th to 9th, 1954. 65 (4) 1954. p 374–376. Lawson, J.D., Clarke, B.B.

Field meeting at Highdown Hill, Clapham, and Storrington, West Sussex. 65 (4) 1954. p 377–382. Martin, E.C.

Field meeting in Sheppey, July 11th, 1954. 65 (4) 1954. p 383–383. Davis, A.G.

Note on the varying condition of the Sheppey Cliffs and foreshore (appendix to report on field meeting in Sheppey). 65 (4) 1954. p 384–384. Elliott, G.F.

Whitsun field meeting at Shaftesbury, June 4th to 8th, 1954. 67 (1 and 2) 1956. p 160–167. Mottram, B.H., Hancock, J.M., House, M.R.

Summer field meeting in the Lake District. 65 (4) 1954. p 415. Hollingworth, S.E.

Summer field meeting in the Lake District, September 4th to 11th, 1954. 65 (4) 1954. p 415–425. Wells, M.K., Hollingworth, S.E.

Field meeting at Sevenoaks, Kent, September 25th, 1954. 65 (4) 1954. p 426–426. Milbourne, R.A.

Field meeting at Brentwood and South Weald, Essex, May 15th ,1954. 66 (4) 1955. p 317–319. Middlemass, F.A.

Field meeting in the Kidderminster area, August, 22nd, 1954. 66 (4) 1955. p 320–320. Waldron, W., Cotton, G

Field meeting in the Birmingham district, April 16th to 19th, 1954. 66 (4) 1955. p 321–324. Shotton, F.W., Lacy, E.D., Strachan, I.
Summer field meeting in Italy, September 16th to 29th, 1954. 66 (4) 1955. p 329–352. Azzaroli, A., Ager, D.V.

== 1955 ==

Field meeting at Charlton and Bostall Heath, May 21st, 1955. 66 (4) 1955. p 325–328. Epps, F.J.
Summer field meeting in south Devon and Dorset (1955). 68 (2) 1957. p 136–152. Smith, W.E., Ager, D.V., Shearman, D.J.

Field meeting to examine the Great Oolite Series of Oxfordshire, August 7th, 1955. 66 (4) 1955. p 353–355. McKerrow, W.S.

Field meeting in the central Cotswolds, June 3rd to 5th, 1955. 66 (4) 1955. p 356–365. Ager, D.V.
Easter field meeting in the Settle district, April 8th to 11th, 1955. 69 (1) 1958. p 24–27. Sweeting, M.M., Black, W.W.

== 1956 ==

Field meeting in the Chilterns, June 17th, 1956. 67 (1 and 2) 1956. p 168–171. Avery, B.W., Thomasson, A.J.

Field meeting at Alum Bay and Colwell Bay, Isle of Wight, April 28th and 29th, 1956. 67 (3 and 4) 1956. p 405–408. Curry, D.

Field meeting in the Port Royal Mountains (Jamaica Group), Jamaica, November 27th, 1955. 67 (3 and 4) 1956. p 409–411. Zans, V.A., Fraser, A.D., Chubb, L.J.

Two field meetings at Port Esquivel and Pigeon and Goat Islands, Jamaica. (Jamaica Group), January 29th and March 4th, 1956. 67 (3 and 4) 1956. p 412–413. Chubb, L.J.

Field meeting at Danbury Hill, near Chelmsford, Essex, July 24th, 1955. 68 (1) 1957. p 22–25. Clayton, K.M.

Field meeting in the Clarendon Plains, Jamaica, (Jamaica Group), March 25th, 1956. 68 (1) 1957. p 57–58. Taylor, S.A.G.

Field meeting at the Kirkvine works of Alumina Jamaica Limited, (Jamaica Group), July 29th, 1956. 68 (1) 1957. p 59–60. Davies, D.A.B.

Field meeting in the Oxford Clay of Calvert and Woodham Brick Pits, Buckinghamshire, September 23rd, 1956. 68 (1) 1957. p 61–64. Callomon, J.H.

Field meeting in the Cliviger Gorge, September 8th, 1956. 68 (1) 1957. p 65–67. Williamson, I.A.

Palaeobotanical excursion to Kew Gardens, June 2nd, 1956. 68 (2) 1957. p 153–158. Ager, D.V.

Field meeting at Pewsey Vale and Devizes district, August 31st to September 2nd, 1956. 68 (3) 1957. p 228–230. Barron, R.S.

Field meeting in the Inlier of Benbow and Guy's Hill, Jamaica (Jamaica Group), November 25th, 1956. 69 (1) 1958. p 32–34. Chubb, L.J., Bailey, B.V.

== 1957 ==

Whitsun field meeting at Aberystwyth, June 7th to 11th, 1957. 69 (1) 1958. p 28–31. Wood, A., Smith, A.J., Price, N.J.

Field meeting on Stony Hill and the Junction Road, Jamaica (Jamaica Group), January 27th, 1957. 69 (1) 1958. p 35–37. Chubb, L.J., Versey, H.R.

Field meeting at Hayes Common and Round Hill, Jamaica (Jamaica Group), March 24th 1957. 69 (1) 1958. p 38–39. Prescott, G.C., Versey, H.R.

Easter field meeting: The Lower and Middle Jurassic rocks of the Bristol district, April 18th to 22nd, 1957. 69 (2) 1958. p 130–140. Donovon, D.T., Fry, T.R.

Field meeting at Reigate, September 18th, 1957. 69 (3) 1958. p 175–176. Hancock, J.M.

Field meeting at the Palisadoes, Jamaica, May 26th, 1957. 69 (3) 1958. p 177–178. Zans, V.A., Chubb, L.J.

Field meeting to study the gypsum deposits of eastern St Andrew, Jamaica, July 28th, 1957. 69 (3) 1958. p 179–181. Zans, V.A., Connett, R.P.

Field meeting at Green Bay and Port Henderson Hill, Jamaica, September 29th, 1957. 69 (3) 1958. p 182–187. Chubb, L.J.

Field meeting at Bath in St Thomas, Jamaica, February 2nd, 1958. 69 (3) 1958. p 188–190. Chubb, L.J.

Field meeting in the Hindhead area, together with notes on the terraces of the River Wey, May 10th to 12th, 1957. 69 (4) 1958. p 239–243. Middlemiss, F.A.

Summer field meeting in Southern Ireland, August 29th to September 4th, 1957. 69 (4) 1958. p 244–261. Brindley, J.C., Gill, W.D.

== 1958 ==

Field meetings in the Cretaceous of the western part of the Weald, May 10th, 1958. 69 (4) 1958. p 262–267. Reeves, J.W., Kirkaldy, J.F.

Field meeting at Selborne, Hampshire. The geology of Gilbert White's country, October 4th, 1958. 70 (1) 1959. p 31–32. Middlemiss, F.A.

Field meetings along the North Craven Fault, July 12th and August 23rd, 1958. 70 (2) 1959. p 210–215. Williamson, I.A.

Field meeting at Dallas and Cane River Falls, Jamaica, September 28th, 1958. 70 (3) 1959. p 259–260. Zans, V.A.

Easter field meeting in St James and Trelawny, Jamaica, April 7th to 12th, 1958. 70 (3) 1959. p 263–268. Zans, V.A., Versey, H.R., Robinson, E., Chubb, L.J.

Field meeting at Bowden, Jamaica, May 25th, 1958. 70 (3) 1959. p 269–270. Chubb, L.J.

Field meeting at Buff Bay and Low Layton, Jamaica, July 27th, 1958. 70 (3) 1959. p 271–272. Robinson, E.

Summer field meeting in East Anglia, August 14th to 24th, 1958. 71 (1) 1960. p 61. West, R.G.

Summer field meeting in East Anglia, August 14th to 24th, 1958. 71 (1) 1960. p 61–80. Baden-Powell, D.F.W., West, R.G.

Summer field meeting at Ludlow, August 2nd to 9th, 1958. 71 (2) 1960. p 209–232. Allender, R., Holland, C.H., Lawson, J.D., Walmsley, V.G., Whitaker, J.H.McD.

Field meeting in the Cambridge district, September 19th to 21st, 1958. 71 (2) 1960. p 233–241. Forbes, C.L.

== 1959 ==

Field meeting at Wrotham and the Maidstone By-Pass, April 25th, 1959. 70 (2) 1959. p 206–209. Casey, R.

Field meeting in the Central Inlier of Jamaica, November 24th, 1957. 70 (3) 1959. p 254–258. Williams, J.B.

Field meeting in the St Ann's Great River Inlier, Jamaica, January 25th, 1959. 70 (3) 1959. p 261–262. Chubb, L.J.

Easter field meeting in north-west Dartmoor, March 26th to 30th, 1959. 70 (4) 1959. p 338–341. Dearman, W.R., Butcher, N.E.

Easter field meeting in north-west Dartmoor. 70 (4) 1959. p 338. Butcher, N.E.

Field meeting at Grays Thurrock,September 19th, 1959. 71 (2) 1960. p 242–244. Hart, J.McA.

Whitsun field meeting to Weymouth, Abbotsbury and Dorchester, Dorset, May 15th to 18th, 1959. 71 (3) 1960. p 341–347. Carreck, J.N.

== 1960 ==

Field meeting in the Gault at Small Dole, near Henfield, Sussex, August 14th, 1960. 72 (1) 1961. p 135–138. Milbourne, R.A.

Field meeting on the Lower Tertiaries at Swanscombe, Kent, May 1st, 1960. 72 (2) 1961. p 261–263. Curry, D.

Summer field meeting in Wales and Ireland, September 7th to 12th, 1960. 73 (2) 1962. p 197–213. Mitchell, G.F.

The Hastings Beds deltas: recent progress and Easter field meeting report, April 15th to 18th, 1960. 73 (2) 1962. p 219–243. Allen, P.

== 1961 ==

Summer field meeting in the Spanish Pyrenees, September 13th to 25th, 1961. 72 (4) 1961. p 373–290. Rios, J.M.A., Hancock, J.M.

Field meeting in the western end of the Weald, May 5th to 7th, 1961. 73 (1) 1962. p 125–129. Middlemiss, F.A.

Field meeting to the Leighton Buzzard district, Bedfordshire, May 27th, 1961. 73 (2) 1962. p 215–218. Owen, H.G.

Easter field meeting : The Upper Albian and Cenomanian deposits of Wessex, March 31st to April 4th, 1961. 73 (3) 1962. p 335–352. Smith, W.E., Drummond, P.V.O.

Field meeting to the Medway Valley, Kent, from Maidstone to Rochester, October 7th, 1961. 75 (3) 1964. p 357–360. Carreck, J.N.

== 1962 ==

Field meeting on the Lower Greensand and Chalk in the Isle of Wight, May 18th to 20th, 1962. 73 (4) 1962. p 449–453. Middlemiss, F.A., Bromley, R.G.

Field meeting to the Leighton Buzzard - Aylesbury area. 73 (4) 1962. p 455–459. Bristow, C.R., Kirkaldy, J.F.

Whitsun field meeting report: Devonian of Torbay, June 8th to 11th, 1962. 74 (1) 1963. p 81–85. Elliott, G.F.

Field meeting to Midhurst : A traverse of the western part of the Vale of Fernhurst, Sussex, June 23rd, 1962. 74 (1) 1963. p 87–89. Holmes, S.C.A.

Week-end field meeting in the Peak District of Derbyshire, September 28th to October 1st, 1962. 74 (1) 1963. p 91–96. Cope, F.W.

Field meeting on the Chalk of Cambridgeshire and Hertfordshire, July 14th, 1962. 77 (2) 1966. p 277–279. Bromley, R.G.

Summer field meeting in southern Ireland, July 15th to 20th, 1962. 76 (3) 1965. p 305–314. Nevill, W.E.

== 1963 ==

Summer field meeting in the French Jura and Alps, July 15th to 30th, 1963. 74 (4) 1963. p 483–515. Ager, D.V., Evamy, B.D., Ramsay, J.

Field meeting in the Oligocene of the north-west Isle of Wight, June 21st to 23rd, 1963. 75 (1) 1964. p 87–91. Stinton, F.C.

Field meeting in the Chilterns, near Tring, July 21st, 1963. 75 (3) 1964. p 341–343. Brown, E.H.

Field meeting to the Haywards Heath area, Sussex, July 7th, 1963. 75 (3) 1964. p 361–366. Gallois, R.W.

Field meeting at Lower Swanwick, Hampshire, and Bracklesham Bay and Selsey, Sussex. 76 (1) 1965. p 37–37. Curry, D., King, C., Venables, E.M.

Field meeting in the U.K. East Midlands oilfields and associated outcrop areas, September 20th to 22nd, 1963. 76 (2) 1965. p 195–209. Taylor, F.M., Howitt, F.

== 1964 ==

Field meeting in the Lower London Tertiaries of Kent, June 6th, 1964. 76 (2) 1965. p 175–177. Stinton, F.C.

Field meeting: Devonian of west Somerset and Carboniferous of north-east Devon, May 15th to 18th, 1964. 76 (2) 1965. p 179–193. Webby, B.D., Thomas, J.M.

Field meeting in the Bristol district, north of the River Avon, June 27th and 28th, 1964. 76 (3) 1965. p 261–267. Cowie, J.W.D., Hamilton, D., Leese, C.E.

Field meeting on the Lower Chalk between Folkestone and Dover, May 18th, 1963. 76 (3) 1965. p 301–304. Wood, C.J.

Field meeting to the Weald of east Sussex, July 24th, 1964. 76 (3) 1965. p 315–319. Bazley, R.A., Bristow, C.R.

Summer field meeting in South Wales, July 11th to 18th, 1964. 76 (4) 1965. p 463–495. Owen, T.R., Rhodes, F.H.T., Jones., D.G., Kelling, G.

== 1965 ==

Summer field meeting in the Isle of Man, July 15th to 21st, 1965. 77 (2) 1966. p 217–227. Simpson, A.S.

Field meeting in north-west Dartmoor, October 1st to 3rd, 1965. 77 (2) 1966. p 229–232. Dearman, W.R.

Field meeting to an area north of Horsham, Sussex, June 20th, 1965. 77 (2) 1966. p 263–271. Worssam, B.C., Thurrell, R.G.

Field meeting at Aveley and West Thurrock, May 1st, 1965. 77 (2) 1966. p 273–276. Blezard, R.G.

Field meeting at Bradwell, Essex, July 14th, 1965. 77 (2) 1966. p 281–282. Greensmith, J.T., Tucker, E.V.

Field meeting in the Quaternary of east Suffolk, June 4th to 7th, 1965. 77 (3) 1966. p 371–380. Spencer, H.E.P.

Field meeting to Farnham, Surrey, July 31st, 1965. 77 (3) 1966. p 381–384. Montford, H.M.

== 1966 ==

Field meeting at Eastbourne, Sussex - Lower Chalk sedimentation, April, 30th, 1966. 77 (3) 1966. p 365–370. Kennedy, W.J.

Field meeting in the Boulonnais, France, April 7th to 13th, 1966. 77 (4) 1966. p 419–435. Ager, D.V., Wallace, P.

Field meeting at Durham. 78 (2) 1967. p 325–334. Dunham, K.C., Hemingway, J.E., Francis, E.A., Hopkins, W.

Field meeting at Great Langdale, Westmorland, April 30th, 1966. 78 (3) 1967. p 489–491. Williamson, I.A.

Field meeting to east Kent, July 24th, 1966. 78 (4) 1967. p 587–593. Gamble, H.J.

The Eastern Alps - A geological excursion Guide. 79 (1) 1968. p 47–128. Oxburgh, E.R.

Field meeting in the Forest of Dean, June 10th to 12th, 1966. 79 (2) 1968. p 207–209. Capewell, J.G.

Field meeting at Abbey Wood and Swanscombe, Kent, May 14th, 1966. 79 (2) 1968. p 211–218. Baldwin, S.A., Durkin, M.K.

Field meeting on the coastal landslides of Kent, July 1st to 3rd, 1966. 79 (2) 1968. p 227–237. Hutchinson, J.N.

Short field meeting on the north Norfolk coast, September 29th to October 1st, 1967. 79 (4) 1968. p 493–512. West, R.G., Banham, P.H.

Summer field meeting in Devon and Cornwall, July 2nd to 8th, 1966. 80 (1) 1969. p 43–62. Holwill, F.J.W., House, M.R., Lane, R, Guass, G.A., Hendrtiks, E.M.L., Dearman, W.R.

Whitsun field meeting in the Weymouth area, May 27th to 30th, 1966. 80 (3) 1969. p 331–340. West, I.M., Shearman, D.J., Pugh, M.E.

== 1967 ==

Field meeting in East Yorkshire and North Lincolnshire, July 29th to August 9th, 1967. (Appendix - A note on pollen analyses from the Speeton Shell Bed). 80 (2) 1969. p 193–218. Penny, L.F., Rawson, P.F., West, R.G.

Hoxnian Interglacial deposits near Hatfield, Herts. 80 (2) 1969. p 243–267. Sparks, B.W., West, R.G., Williams, R.B.G., Ransom, M.

Field meeting in the Sherbourne-Yeovil district, April 22nd and 23rd, 1967. (Appendix on New inferior Oolite sections. 80 (3) 1969. p 301–330. Torrens, H.S., Whicher, J.

== 1968 ==

Field meeting on the Hythe Beds of Kent, May 11th, 1968. 81 (1) 1970. p 69–74. Worssam, B.C.

Field meeting to South Dorset, May 30th to June 3rd, 1968. 80 (3) 1969. p 341–351. Wilson, R.C.L.

Field meeting in the Stroud district, June 28th to 30th, 1968. 80 (1) 1969. p 293–299. Cave, R.

== 1969 ==

Field meeting of the South Wales Group on the Stack Rocks to Bullslaughter Bay section of the South Pembrokeshire coast, March 29th, 1969. 81 (2) 1970. p 241–248. Thomas, T.M.

Field meeting in the New Forest, Hampshire, May 11th, 1969. 81 (2) 1970. p 269–274. Stinton, F.C.

Summer field meeting in the South of France between Lyon and Avignon, September 13th to 22nd, 1967. 81 (2) 1970. p 303–361. Middlemiss, F.A., Moullade, M., Busnardo, R., Enay, R.

Summer field meeting in Provence, September 23rd to 29th, 1967. 81 (2) 1970. p 363–396. Middlemiss, F.A., Gouvernet, C., Guieu, G., Fabre-Taxy, S.

Field meeting on the Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks of Wessex, April 3rd to 8th, 1969. 81 (4) 1970. p 715–732. Sellwood, B.W., Durkin, M.K., Kennedy, W.J.

Summer field meeting in Pembrokeshire, South Wales, September 7th to 18th, 1968. 82 (1) 1971. p 17–60. Owen, T.R., Bloxham, T.W., Jones, D.G., Walmsley, V.G., Williams, B.P.,

Field meeting at Bristol and Bath with special reference to new evidence of glaciation, May 22nd to 25th, 1970. 82 (2) 1971. p 267–291. Hawkins, A.B., Kellaway, G.A.

Field meeting in the Peterborough district, September 14th, 1969. 82 (3) 1971. p 353–357. Horton, A., Horrell. J.

== 1970 ==

Field meeting near Ashford and Canterbury, Kent, April 11th, 1970. 82 (3) 1971. p 359–364. McRae, S.G., Gooderham, P.T.

Easter field meeting in the Isle of Wight, March 26th to 31st, 1970. 82 (4) 1971. p 403–410. Stinton, F.C.

Summer field meeting in the Cantabrian Cordillera, North Spain, August 28th to September 13th, 1970. 83 (1) 1972. p 75–94. Wallace, P.

Field meeting on the Chalk of Pitstone, central Chilterns, June 27th, 1970. 83 (3) 1972. p 349–353. Blezard, R.G.

Excursion to the Northern Lake District, August 30th to September 5th, 1970. 83 (4) 1972. p 443–470. Mitchell, G.H., Moseley, F., Firman, R.J., Soper, N.J., Roberts, D.E.,

== 1971 ==

Field meeting in the Peak district, June 11th to 13th, 1971. 83 (2) 1972. p 231–236. Ford. D.T.

Summer field meeting in Bulgaria, 1971, September 18th to October 1st, 1971. 83 (3) 1972. p 239–267. Tchoumatchenko, P., Sapunov, I., Ager, D.V.

Summer field meeting in the north-west of Scotland, September 11th to 18th, 1971. 84 (2) 1973. p 207–235. Barber, A.J., Soper, N.J.

Field meeting to the Folkestone Beds (Lower Greensand) of west Surrey, August 1st, 1971. 83 (3) 1972. p 355–359. Padgham, R.C.

Field meeting to Broughton and Canterbury, Kent, July 11th, 1971. 83 (4) 1972. p 471–478. Gamble, H.J.

== 1972 ==
Field meeting in the Great Oolite of Oxfordshire, May 5th to 7th, 1972. 84 (1) 1973. p 53–64. Palmer, T.J.

Field meeting: Lower Carboniferous successions in north Somerset, June 10th to 11th, 1972. 84 (2) 1973. p 175–179. Matthews, S.C., Butler, M., Sadler, P.M.

Summer field meeting in the Ardennes and Vosges, September 6th to 20th, 1969. 84 (2) 1973. p 181–206. Wallace, P., Laurentiaux, D.

Week-end field meeting: The Upper Eocene-Lower Oligocene Beds of the Isle of Wight, October 6th to 8th, 1972. 85 (2) 1974. p 281–292. Daley, B., Edwards, N.

== 1973 ==

Field meeting in the Upper Old Red Sandstone of south Breconshire, November 9th to 11th, 1973. 85 (3) 1974. p 423–432. Taylor, K., Thomas, L.P.

Field meeting in Jersey, Channel Islands, May 5th to 7th, 1973. 86 (2) 1975. p 247–250. Bishop, A.C., Renouf, J.T.

Short field meeting in north Norfolk, October 19th to 21st, 1973. 86 (2) 1975. p 251–258. Banham, P.H., Davies, H., Perrin, R.M.S., Peake, N.

Summer (1973) field meeting in central Wales 31 August to 7 September 1973
J.W. Baker, C.P. Hughes, Assisting Directors: M.G. Bassett, D.E.B. Bates, and R.B. Rickards
90 (1–2) p 65–79

== 1974 ==

Temporary exposure of fossiliferous London Clay (Eocene) at Shinfield, Berkshire. 85 (1) 1974. p 49–64. James, J.P., Ward, D.J., Cooper, J.A.

Field meeting at Keston, Hayes and West Wickham, Kent, October 21st, 1972. 85 (1) 1974. p 91–92. Burnham, C.P., McRae, S.G.

Spring field meeting to Maastricht, Netherlands, May 25th to 30th, 1973. 85 (1) 1974. p 93–102. Pollock, R.E.

Aspects of the geomorphology of the sandstone cliffs of the central Weald. Report on an excursion to West Hoathly and Groombridge, October 5th, 1974. 87 (1) 1976. p 93–99. Robinson, D.A., Williams, R.B.G.

Easter field meeting to the Maltese Islands, April 7th to 14th, 1974. 87 (3) 1976. p 343–358. Pedley, H.M., Waugh, B.

Field meeting: 'Introduction to Oceanography' at University College of Swansea, May 10th to 12th, 1974. 86 (1) 1975. p 87–93. Banner, E.T., Collins, M.B.

Summer field meeting in west Cornwall, September 15th to 20th, 1974. 86 (1) 1975. p 95–102. Hall, A., Jackson, N.J.

== 1975 ==

Field meeting: the Ludlow Series slumps of east central Wales, April 25th to 27th, 1975. 87 (2) 1976. p 183–189. Bailey, R.J., Woodcock, N.H.

Field meeting in southern Scandinavia 18 – 28 September 1975
Richard G. Bromley
90 (4) 1979 p 181–191

== 1976 ==

Report of the 1976 summer field meeting in North East England. 88 (4) 1977. p 275–294. Tucker, M.E.

Field meeting - The coast at Berwick-upon-Tweed and Eyemouth on 17th July 1976. 88 (4) 1977. p 276–279. Dearman, W.R.

Field meeting - The coast from Tynemouth to Seaton Sluice on 18th July 1976. 88 (4) 1977. p 280–283. Jones, J.M.

Field meeting - The Howick Foreshore, Holy Island and Bamburgh on 19th July 1976. 88 (4) 1977. p 283–285. Randall, B.A.O., Tucker, M.E.

Field meeting - The Cheviot igneous massif at Alwinton, Ingram and Harthope Burn on 20th July 1976. 88 (4) 1977. p 285–286. Robson, D.A.

Field meeting - The Roman Wall Country on 21st July 1976. 88 (4) 1977. p 286–287. Johnson, G.A.L., Randall, B.A.O.

Field meeting - Durham, Weardale and the Alston Block on 22nd July 1976. 88 (4) 1977. p 288–289. Johnson, G.A.L.

Field meeting - Glacial geomorphology of Northumberland on 23rd July 1976. 88 (4) 1977. p 289–290. Lunn, A.G., Robson, D.A.

Field meeting - Permian rocks of County Durham on 24th July 1976. 88 (4) 1977. p 291–293. Smith, D.B.

Field meeting - The Border country near Carter Bar and Jedburgh on 25th July 1976. 88 (4) 1977. p 293–294. Robson, D.A.

Weekend field meeting in south-east Suffolk, 15–17 October 1976. 89 (1) 1978. p 81–90. Rose, J., Allen, P., Wymer, J.J.

Middle Pleistocene sediments and palaeosols near Chelmsford, Essex. Field meeting report, November 7th, 1976. 89 (1) 1978. p 91–96. Rose, J., Sturdy, R.G., Allen, P., Whiteman, C.A.

Field meeting on the Lincolnshire Limestone of southern Lincolnshire and Leicestershire, September 19th, 1976. 90 (1 and 2) 1979. p 15–20. Ashton, M.

== 1977 ==
Field meeting: The facies of the Lower Old Red Sandstone, north of Milford Haven, southwest Dyfed, Wales: 20–23 May 1977
J.R.L.Allen (Director) R.G.Thomas (Director) B.P.J.Williams (Director)

Week-end field meeting: the Wealden Group in the Isle of Wight 17–19 June, 1977. 90 (1 and 2) 1979. p 51–54. Daley, B., Stewart, D.J.

Geologists' Association—Irish Geological Association: Field meeting in Anglesey and southeastern Ireland 4–11 June 1977
A.J. Barber, M.D. Max, P.M. Brück
Pages 269–291

Summer field meeting in central Wales, 31 August to 7 September 1973. 90 (1 and 2) 1979. p 65–79. Baker, J.W., Hughes, C.P.

Field meeting in southern Scandinavia 18–28 September 1975. 90 (4) 1979. p 181–191. Bromley, R.G.

== 1978 ==

Field meeting: The economic geology of the Peak district, June 30th to July 2nd, 1978. 91 (3) 1980. p 229–234. Ford, T.D.

Field meeting. The Chalk of the Newbury and Lambourn area, Berkshire, 25 June 1978. 91 (4) 1980. p 349–350. Woodroof, P.B.

== 1979 ==

Field meeting: The geology of Kensal Green Cemetery, July 14th, 1979. 91 (3) 1980. p 235–236. Robinson, E.

Some late Jurassic – mid-Cretaceous sections on the East Midlands Shelf, England, as demonstrated on a Field Meeting, 18–20 May 1979
S.R.A. Kelly, P.F. Rawson
94 (1) 1983. p 65–73

== 1980 ==

[[Category:Geologists' Association Carreck Archive, indexes]]

[[Category:Geologists' Association excursions]]

The Middle Jurassic Ravenscar Group (‘Deltaic Series’) of Yorkshire: Recent sedimentological studies as demonstrated during a field meeting 2–3 May 1980 S.E. Livera, M.R. Leeder Pages 241–250

Field Meeting to North Essex and West Suffolk 20–22 June 1980
D. Wilson, R.D. Lake
94 (1) 1983 p 75–79

==1981==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787883800303 Field Meeting: Visit to Rattee & Kett, Stonemasons, Cambridge, 21 February 1981] J.H.McD. Whitaker 94 (1) 1983 p 81–82

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787884800012 Field meetings to the Western USA 1981 & 1982] K.L. Duff, T.D. Ford 95 (2) 1984 p 97–148

==1982==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S001678788380008X Field meeting on the Corallian of Oxfordshire 16 May 1982] Andrew L.A. Johnson
94 (2) 1983 p 177–180

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787883800170 An excursion guide to the geology of central South West England: report on the field meeting to West Devon and East Cornwall, 28–31 May 1982]
Kevin P. Isaac, Paul Chandler, Martin J. Whiteley, Peter J. Turner
94 (4) 1983 p 357–376

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787883800182 Field meeting: A traverse of the Weald, 6 June 1982]
C.R. Bristow, A.A. Morter
94 (4) 1983 p 377–381

==1983==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787885800171 Field Meeting: The Chalk of the Kent coast, 21st August 1983]
Nicholas D. Robinson
96 (1) 1985 p 93–96

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787885800675 Corsican Geology: An excursion guide based on the G.A. trip to Corsica June 25th—July 2nd 1983]
W. Gibbons
96 (2) 1985 p 171–182

==1984==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787886800682 Report of a field meeting to the cretaceous of the boulonnais, Northern France, 28–30 September 1984]
Francis Robaszynski Francis Amédro
97 (2) 1986 p 209 - 212

==1985==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787886800244 An introduction to the geology of the Japanese Islands and an account of the Geologists' Association visit to Japan in November 1985]
A.J. Smith
97 (4) 1986 p 311–330

==1986==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787887800184 Field Meeting: the Cretaceous of SE Devon, 14–16th March, 1986]
Ian Jarvis, Bruce A. Tocher
98 (1) 1987 p 51–66

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787887800196 Field Meeting in west Cornwall, 30 May to 2 June, 1986]
A.P. Jones
98 (1) 1987 p 67–69

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787888800373 Icelandic Geology: an explanatory excursion guide based on a 1986 field meeting]
Michael Bamlett, John F. Potter
99 (3) 1988 p 221–248

==1987==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787888800567 Report of Geologists' Association Field Meeting in north-east Essex, May 22nd–24th, 1987]
David R. Bridgland, P. Allen, A.P. Currant, P.L. Gibbard, ... A.J. Sutcliffe
99 (4) 1988 p 315–333

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S001678788980063X Field Meeting at Folkestone Warren, 29th November, 1987]
A.S. Gale
100 (1) 1989 p 73–82

==1988==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787888800282 Oxfordshire Field meeting to Charlbury and Stonesfield, Oxfordshire]
W.S. McKerrow, S. Baker
99 (1) 1988 p 61–6

==1989==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S001678788980063X Excursions in the past: a review of the Field Meeting Reports in the first one hundred volumes of the Proceedings]
C.P. Green
100 (1) 1989 p 17–29

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787889800136 Field Meeting on Hampstead Heath, 18th March, 1989]
Eric Robinson
100 (2) 1989 p 235–237

==1990==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S001678780880168X Report of a visit to GeoScience Ltd., Ascot, 27th January 1990]
Richard Whittle, Jon Gutmanis, Robert Maddock, Howard Lee, Margaret Dobson
101 (4) p 345–346

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787808801691 Short Field Meeting in Silwood Park and Windsor Great Park, Berkshire, 27th January 1990]
Margaret Dobson
101 (4) p 347–349

==1991==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787808800594 Dinosaur Field Trip: behind the scenes at the Natural History Museum, 25 January 1991]
Beverly Halstead, Sarah Stafford
102 (1) 1990 p 71–72

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787808800776 A field excursion to the Island of Mallorca, H.C. Jenkyns, B.W. Sellwood, L. Pomar. Geologists' Association Guide (1990)]
A.E. Adams
102 (2) 1990 p 153

==1992==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787808801034 Middle Pleistocene stratigraphy and archaeology around Mildenhall and Icklingham, Suffolk: report on the Geologists' Association Field Meeting, 27 June, 1992]
David R. Bridgland, Simon G. Lewis, John J. Wymer
106 (1) 1995 p 57–69

==1993==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787808800491 Field Meeting on Hampstead Heath, 16 January, 1993]
Eric Robinson
104 (4) 1993 p 309–311

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787896800083 Field Meeting to Jamaica 19–29 January 1993]
Eric Robinson
107 (2) 1996 p 147–155

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787808801125 Field Meeting, 24–5 April, 1993: the Lower Cretaceous of the Isle of Wight]
Jon D. Radley
105 (2) 1994 p 145–152

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787808801137 Field Meeting in the Burnley Coalfield, Lancashire: Lancashire Group, 26 June, 1993]
Iain A. Williamson
105 (2) 1994 p 153–155

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787808801228 Field Meeting in Iceland, 26 July – 9 August, 1993]
Tony Waltham
105 (3) 1994 p 231–234

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787808801046 Report of a field meeting to Crystal Palace Park and West Norwood Cemetery, 11 December, 1993]
Peter Doyle, Eric Robinson
106 (1) 1995 p 71–78

==1994==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S001678780880243X Field Meeting in the Cliviger Gorge, near Burnley, Lancashire: Lancashire Group, 25 June 1994]
Iain A. Williamson
106 (4) 1995 p 309–312

==1995==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S001678789680071X Field Meeting report: Geology in the churchyard, Saturday 23 April, 1995]
E. Robinson
107 (1) 1996 p 77–78

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787896800071 Field Meeting in the Pendle Coalfield, northeast Lancashire: Lancashire Group, 17 June 1995]
Iain A. Williamson, Roy Clarkson
107 (2) 1996 p 143–145

==1996==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787897800077 Field meeting in Jordan and Syria, 14–25 April, 1996]
Tony Waltham
108 (1) 1997 p 71–77

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S001678789680023X Geology in south-west Scotland: an excursion guide, P. Stone (Ed.). British Geological Survey, Keyworth, Nottingham (1996)]
Trevor Greensmith
107 (4) 1996 p 330–331

==1997==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787897800168 Field meeting report: geology in Rochester, Kent, Saturday, 15 February, 1997]
E. Robinson
108 (4) 1997 p 327–328

==1998==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787899800285 Field meeting: western Ireland, 9–17 May, 1998]
Margaret Dobson, Deryck Laming
110 (4) 1999 p 335–348

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787800800401 Field meeting: landscape evolution in the eastern South Downs, with particular reference to sarsens and Quaternary deposits, Saturday 17 October, 1998]
J. Stewart Ullyott, Colin A. Whiteman, David J. Nash
111 (1) 2000 p 91–96

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0016787801800535 The Wealden of the Weald: short report of 1998 Field Meeting]
Ed A. Jarzembowski, Jonathan D. Radley]
112 (1) 2001 p 87–90

==1999==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787800800206 Field Meeting upon Pendle Hill, northeast Lancashire: Lancashire Group, 25 June 1999]
Iain A. Williamson
111 (3) 2000 p 281–283

==2000==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787802800086 Field meeting upon Pen-y-ghent, North Yorkshire: Lancashire Group, 23 September 2000]
Iain A. Williamson
113 (1) 2002 p 73–76

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787802800098 Field meeting: Bornholm, Denmark, 28 August to 4 September, 2000]
Richard G. Bromley
113 (1) 2002 p 77–88

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787802800207 Visit to the Natural History Museum of Belgium]
Ed.A. Jarzembowski
113 (2) 2002 p 175–179

==2001==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787802800219 The Middle Jurassic of Warwickshire: Field Meeting of the Warwickshire Geological Conservation Group, 16 September, 2001]
Jonathan D. Radley
113 (2) 2002 p 181–183

==2002==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787803800226 Behind the scenes at the Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden, and the Teyler Museum, Haarlem, The Netherlands: report of a visit by the Geologists' Association, 30 November and 1 December, 2002]
Stephen K. Donovan, Lars W. van den Hoek Ostende, Willem Renema, John de Vos, ... J.C. ‘Hanco’ Zwaan
114 (3) 2002 p 279–288

==2003==
[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787803800391 Field meeting: winter on the Somerset coast, 14–16 February 2003]
Eric Robinson
114 (4) 2003 p 375–379

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787805800069 Field meeting in Lower Kingsdale and Chapel-le-Dale, Ingleton, northwest Yorkshire: Lancashire Group, 9 August 2003]
Iain A. Williamson
116 (2) 2005 p 143–147

==2004==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787805800070 Field meeting: Coastal Suffolk Crag weekend, 23–25 April 2004]
R.G. Dixon
116 (2) 2005 p 149–160

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787805800082 Field meeting: Romney Marsh — its churches and geology, 22 May 2004]
John F. Potter
116 (2) 2005 p 161–175

==2005==

==2006==

==2007==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S001678780900042X Geological history of the Sibumasu Block in Peninsular Thailand: report of a Geologists’ Association Field Meeting in 2007]
Michael F. Ridd
120 (2 & 3) 2009 p 163–174

==2008==

==2009==

==2010==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787811000198 Field Meeting to the Bawdsey Peninsula, Suffolk, England, 22nd May 2010, to examine London Clay, Coralline Crag and Red Crag deposits: Leaders: Roger Dixon and Bob Markham]
Roger Dixon
122 (3) 2011 p 514–523

==2011==

==2012==

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787813000023 Field meeting report: the geology of some West London Churches, 22nd September 2012]
John F. Potter
124 (6) p 1011-1019

[https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0016787813000667 Field meeting in the Isle of Purbeck, September 2012, to examine the Upper Kimmeridge Clay and the Lulworth district]
John C.W. Cope
125 (1) p 139-147

==2013==

==2014==

==2015==

==2016==

==2017==

==2018==

==2019==

==2020==

==2021==

==2022==
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1KTkWFRdKLUi6yOA9vkM4Hk06BWGswWhP/view Field Meeting Report: Hertfordshire Geological Society: Flamborough Head, North Yorkshire. 29th September–2nd October 2022.] Magazine of the Geologists' Association v. 22 No. 1 March 2023. p. 23–30.

[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1KTkWFRdKLUi6yOA9vkM4Hk06BWGswWhP/view Field Meeting Report: Madrid, Spain Excursion. October 8th–11th 2022] Magazine of the Geologists' Association v. 22 No. 1 March 2023. p. 33–36.

==2023==

==2024==

==2025==

==2026==

History of the British Geological Survey

2026-05-17T22:03:52Z

Scotfot: /* Survey Museums */

[[File:P815508.jpg|thumbnail|The Geological Survey Act and the creation of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom (Great Britain & Ireland)]]
== History of the British Geological Survey ==

== Brief timeline ==

'''1830 — Henry De la Beche begins mapping geology of Devon as a private endeavour'''

Henry Thomas De la Beche (1796‒1855), a Fellow of the Geological Society of London, had already published some papers on the geology of the Devon and Dorset coast when in 1830 he set about adding geology to the Ordnance one-inch topographical map of south-east Devon. When his private income became insecure, he sought to obtain official backing for the continuation of this work, which he saw as being of great practical utility to the nation.

'''1832 — De la Beche secures funding from Board of Ordnance to complete mapping of Devon'''

Thomas F Colby, Superintendent of the Ordnance Survey, recognised the practical value of adding geological information to the Ordnance map. He supported De la Beche’s request for financial assistance from the Board of Ordnance to complete a geological survey of Devon. De la Beche delivered his first completed map for engraving in May 1832 (Old Series one-inch sheet 22, SE Devon, surveyed 1830‒31).

'''1835 — Ordnance Geological Survey'''

The success of De la Beche's work in Devon led to the establishment of the Ordnance Geological Survey in July 1835 as a branch of the Ordnance Survey, initially to extend the mapping into Cornwall, but ultimately with a view to surveying the whole country; De la Beche became its first Director. The support of both Colby and the Geological Society was a crucial factor in securing the future the Geological Survey.

'''1835 — Museum of Economic Geology'''

In August 1835, De la Beche obtained funding from the Board of Works to establish a museum at Craig's Court, Whitehall, London. The Museum of Economic Geology was furnished with a chemical laboratory which opened for commercial work in June 1839, while the museum itself was accessible to personal callers from August of that year, although its formal date of opening is usually stated to be 1841.

'''1840 — Mining Record Office'''

In April 1839 approval was given by Treasury for the Museum of Economic Geology to take custody of a proposed collection of mining records; this led to the establishment of a Mining Record Office following the appointment of a Keeper of Mining Records in October 1840. Statistical information on mineral production and trade was collected for selected minerals from 1845 but was expanded thereafter as an annual publication covering a wider range of minerals produced and traded in the UK from 1853. Responsibility for mineral statistics passed to the Home Office in 1881 and returned to BGS in the 1960s.

'''1845 — The Geological Survey Act and the creation of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom (Great Britain & Ireland)'''

The Geological Survey Act of 1845 provided the Survey with a legal framework designed 'to facilitate the completion of a geological survey of Great Britain and Ireland.' Responsibility for the Survey, which now incorporated a geological department in Ireland, passed from the Board of Ordnance to the Office of Woods, Forests, Land Revenues, Works and Buildings. This transition meant that field officers of the Survey were no longer required to wear the military-style uniform of blue serge with brass buttons and a top hat!

'''1851 — A new Museum of Practical Geology'''

Having outgrown the limited accommodation at Craig’s Court, arrangements were put in hand in 1845 for erecting a new museum and offices for the Geological Survey. On 12 May 1851, the year of the Great Exhibition, the new Geological Survey and Museum of Practical Geology was formally opened by Prince Albert in Jermyn Street, a prime London location. The Survey offices and library were situated in the rear of the building, which fronted onto Piccadilly. Also included was a lecture theatre, laboratories and the Mining Record Office.

'''1851 — School of Mines'''

In November 1851 De la Beche inaugurated the Government School of Mines and of Science applied to the Arts, which would go on to become the Royal School of Mines. The school, based in the museum at Jermyn Street, provided instruction in chemistry, natural history with palaeontology, mechanical science, metallurgy, geology, and mining and mineralogy.

'''1853 — The Survey passed from the First Commissioner of Woods and Forests to the Department of Science and Art'''

'''1856 — The Survey passed from the Department of Science and Art to the Education Department of the Privy Council (Board of Education from 1899)''' <ref>In 1857 the Survey’s governing Department of Science and Art was formally transferred from the Board of Trade to become the Science and Art Department of the Committee of Council on Education, a move that displeased Murchison because he would no longer have direct access to a Minister of State (the President of the Board of Trade) but had instead to deal with an intermediary (the Privy Council on Education)</ref>

'''1872 — Separation of the Geological Survey and Museum from the Royal School of Mines'''

The Royal School of Mines and its teaching facilities was relocated from Jermyn Street to South Kensington, although the transfer was not fully completed until some years later. The School thus ceased to be part of the Geological Survey and Museum.

'''1905 — Geological Survey of Great Britain'''

On 1 April 1905, The Geological Survey of Ireland was transferred to the Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction for Ireland. The Geological Survey of the United Kingdom (Great Britain & Ireland) was renamed Geological Survey of Great Britain.

'''1919 — The Survey passed to the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research'''

On 1 November 1919 the Geological Survey and Museum was transferred to the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research (DSIR). Subsequently, the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research Act of 1956 amended aspects of the management of research functions and placed the DSIR under the charge of a Council for Scientific and Industrial Research; the forerunner of the current Research Councils.

'''1965 — The Science and Technology Act and the creation of the Institute of Geological Sciences'''

The Natural Environment Research Council (NERC)—the BGS parent body—was confirmed by Royal Charter as a result of the 1965 Act. The Geological Survey and Museum was combined with the Overseas Geological Surveys (OGS) in the following year and renamed the Institute of Geological Sciences (IGS).

'''1984 — The Institute is renamed British Geological Survey'''

On 1 January 1984 the Institute of Geological Sciences was renamed the British Geological Survey. The next year the headquarters was relocated to Keyworth, near Nottingham and the offices and exhibits at the Geological Museum at South Kensington were relinquished to the Natural History Museum, which now form the Earth Galleries.

'''2018 — British Geological Survey (and NERC) becomes part of UK Research and Innovation (UKRI)'''

UKRI brings together seven existing UK research councils, Innovate UK and the Research and Knowledge Exchange functions of the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) into one unified body.

== List of Directors of the British Geological Survey ==

[[Henry Thomas De la Beche|Sir Henry Thomas De la Beche, 1835–1855. Director General from 1845]]

[[Roderick Impey Murchison Bart., K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. etc.|Sir Roderick Impey Murchison, 1855–1871 Director General]]

[[Andrew Crombie Ramsay|Sir Andrew Crombie Ramsay, 1871–1881 Director General]]

[[Archibald Geikie|Sir Archibald Geikie, 1882–1901 Director General]]

[[Jethro Justinian Harris Teall M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S., LL.D.|Sir Jethro Justinian Harris Teall, 1901–1914]]

[[Aubrey Strahan M.A., K.B.E., D.Sc., F.R.S.|Sir Aubrey Strahan,1914–1920]]

[[John Smith Flett Sir|Sir John Smith Flett, 1920–1935]]

[[Bernard Smith|Bernard Smith 1935–1936]]

[[Edward Battersby Bailey|Sir Edward Battersby Bailey 1937–1945]]

[[William Francis Porter McLintock|Dr William Francis Porter McLintock 1945–1950]]

[[William John Pugh|Sir William John Pugh 1950–1960]]

[[Cyril James Stubblefield|Sir Cyril James Stubblefield 1960–1966]]

[[Kingsley Charles Dunham Sir|Sir Kingsley Charles Dunham 1967–1976]]

[[Austin William Woodland|Dr Austin William Woodland 1976–1979]]

Sir George Malcolm Brown 1979–1985

G. I. Lumsden 1985–1987

F. G. Larminie 1987–1990

Dr Peter Cook 1990–1998

Dr David Falvey 1998–2006

Professor John Ludden CBE 2006–2019

Dr Karen Hanghøj 2019–

== Survey name changes ==

1832 Henry De la Beche contracted to map the geology of Devon

1835 Ordnance Geological Survey

1845 Geological Survey of the United Kingdom (Great Britain and Ireland)

1905 Geological Survey of Great Britain

1965 Institute of Geological Sciences

1984 British Geological Survey

== Location of Survey headquarters over time ==

1841–1851 Initially operating from temporary field addresses, but from 1845 based at the Museum of Economic Geology, Craig’s Court (cul-de-sac on the south side of Whitehall, 100 yards from Trafalgar Square)

1851–1933 Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, backing onto Piccadilly, London

1933–1984 New Museum of Practical Geology, later called The Geological Museum, Exhibition Road, London

1984– Keyworth, Nottingham

== Location of offices ==

The Survey has had offices and stores in a number of places. A list with dates can be found here [[British Geological Survey offices - timeline 1836–]].

== Full text histories ==
===British Geological Survey - the legislative framework===

Bowie, R. [[British Geological Survey - the legislative framework|The legislative framework of the British Geological Survey]]. OR/11/019.

=== Full text histories of BGS on Earthwise ===

Flett, Sir John S. 1937. [[First hundred years of the Geological Survey of Great Britain|The first hundred years of the Geological Survey of Great Britain]]. (London: HMSO)

Bailey, Sir Edward. 1952. [[Geological Survey of Great Britain (by E.B. Bailey)|Geological Survey of Great Britain]]. (London: Thomas Murby)

Wilson, H E. 1985. [[Down to earth - one hundred and fifty years of the British Geological Survey|Down to earth: one hundred and fifty years of the British Geological Survey]]. (Edinburgh: Scottish Academic Press) (Including the activities of the former Overseas Geological Surveys)

Cook, P J. 1998. [[History of the British Geological Survey 1990–1997|A history of the British Geological Survey, 1990-1997.]] British Geological Survey Technical Report WQ/98/1.

Hackett, D. 1999. [[Our corporate history. Key events affecting the British Geological Survey, 1967–1998|Our corporate history: key events affecting the British Geological Survey, 1967-1998.]] British Geological Survey Technical Report WQ/99/1.

Allen, P M. 2003. [[Geological survey in transition|A geological survey in transition.]] (Keyworth: British Geological Survey). [available to buy online]

Dixey, F. 1957. [[Colonial Geological Surveys 1947–1956: a review of progress during the past ten years|Colonial Geological Surveys, 1947-56: a review of progress during the past ten years.]] Colonial Geology and Mineral Resources, Supplement Series no. 2.

[[Instructions for the Local Directors of the Geological Survey of Great Britain and Ireland Henry de la Beche 22nd May 1845|Instructions for the Local Directors of the Geological Survey of Great Britain and Ireland Henry de la Beche 22nd May 1845]]. Geological surveying procedures and administrative
instructions issued when the Survey became the independent 'Geological Survey of Great Britain & Ireland in 1845.

[[Geological Survey of Great Britain and Ireland: A contemporary account of the Survey, 1897|Geological Survey of Great Britain and Ireland: A contemporary account of the Survey, 1897. Summary of Progress, 1897.]] [A contemporary account of the function and workings of the Survey]

== Themes ==

=== Timeline ===

[[Media:OriginsofBGS.jpg|Origins of BGS — a poster]] ([https://www.bgs.ac.uk/downloads/start.cfm?id=2695 download PDF])
=== Biographical information on early Survey staff ===

[[Pioneers of the British Geological Survey]] — brief details of all Survey staff up to c 1933. Includes listings of biographical works and obituaries.

[[Staff list of the Geological Survey and Museum, 1835–1935]] (from Flett's history)

=== Scotland ===

MacGregor A.G. 1956. [https://rdcu.be/cOMgX Centenary of the Geological Survey in Scotland] Nature 177 p216-217.

Wilson, R.B. 1977. [[History of the Geological Survey in Scotland|A history of the Geological Survey in Scotland.]] NERC, IGS.

Browitt, C. 1997. [[British Geological Survey in Scotland|The British Geological Survey in Scotland]] Unpublished ms.

=== Land Survey ===

[[Out and about: field survey and surveyors in the UK]]

=== Survey Museums ===
The three Survey museums have been:

[[Museum of Economic Geology]]

[[Museum of Practical Geology]]

[[Museum of Practical Geology - a descriptive guide (1867 edition)]] Detailed guide to the exhibits. Note: Over time the displays changed so this should be regarded as a snapshot view for 1867.

[[Geological Museum]]

[[Geological Museum, Museum of Practical Geology - a short guide to the exhibits (1964 edition)]]

For Scotland, Survey specimens were displayed in the Industrial Museum of Scotland — Royal Museum of Scotland.

[[Industrial Museum of Scotland]]

=== Drawing Office ===

[[From Stone-Age to microchip: the Geological Survey Drawing Office]]

=== History of computing in BGS ===

Loudon, T. Vic 1996. [[Commentary on a British Geological Survey Computing Archive 1965-85]]
[[Category:History of the British Geological Survey]]

=== Offshore ===

[[Offshore operations - history, British Geological Survey]]

[[On the shelf: geology beneath the waves]]

=== Hydrogeology ===

[[Take a little water with it: a century of hydrogeology]]

=== Overseas work ===

[[Far off fields: the development of Survey work overseas]]

[[Colonial Geological Surveys 1947–1956: a review of progress during the past ten years]]

=== Geophysics ===

[[A matter of gravity: the emergence of geophysics as a separate discipline]]

=== Geochemistry ===

[[Cloak and dagger: geochemistry and the Atomic Energy Division]]

=== Mineral statistics ===

[[Lies, damn lies and the chequered history of mineral statistics]]

=== BGS adminstrative archives ===
[https://www.bgs.ac.uk/services/ngdc/records/archive.html BGS Archive] Online catalogue to the administrative archives of BGS.

=== Mine plans ===
An integral part of the Survey from very early days was the Mining Record Office. One of its main activities was building a collection of mine abandonment plans. In 1883 the MRO was transferred from the Museum of Practical Geology to the Home Office.

[[Mining Record Office — sources on the origin of the MRO]] Accounts of the history of the MRO.

[[History of the BGS Mine Plans Search]] Background to the joint BGS — Mining Remediation Authority plans search application.

[https://mine-plans.bgs.ac.uk/ Mine plans search application]

=== BGS maps and publications ===

[[British Geological Survey maps - their characteristics and history|British Geological Survey maps - their characteristics and history]]

[[British Geological Survey publications – their characteristics and history|British Geological Survey publications – their characteristics and history]]

[[British Geological Survey reports – their characteristics and history|British Geological Survey reports – their characteristics and history]]

[https://www.bgs.ac.uk/data/maps/home.html BGS maps portal]—view all the BGS published maps and sections including all the 'Old Series' maps, sections and the various 'index of colours'.

[https://www.geologicalmaps.net/irishhistmaps/index.cfm Irish historical geological maps]—view all the Irish historical maps and sections that were published during the Geological Survey of Great Britain and Ireland days (up to 1905).

[https://www.bgs.ac.uk/data/publications/pubs.cfc?method=viewHome BGS publications viewer] - View most historical and current memoirs and other publications.

=== Photography in the Survey ===

[[History of photography in the British Geological Survey]]

=== Geologists at war ===

[[Geologists at war, 1939–1945]] contributions made by geologists to the war effort.

=== Survey dining clubs ===

[[The Royal Hammerers and The Grizzly Bears - the dining clubs of the early Geological Survey]]

== Photographs and archives on Geoscenic ==
[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/viewHome Geoscenic] contains a wealth of Survey photographs from the 1890s to the present as well as a number of special collections by Survey staff below:

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1392 Henry Mowbray Cadell collection of photographs and archives]

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1395 A.G. MacGregor archive — 1936 Royal Society expedition to Montserrat]

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1428 Ben Peach sketches]

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1030 Dr. R. Kidston Carboniferous fossil plants]

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1424 Survey staff photographs. Geological Survey and Museum and Royal School of Mines, 1850-1910. IGS1.639]

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1421 Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, London. c1855 -1900. GSM.MG.E.5]

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=2466 Joseph D. Hooker collection of microscope slides]

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=2467 E.O. Teale photograph collection 1900s-1930s (mostly Africa)]

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1425 J.V. Stephens Italy collection taken during the Second World War]

[https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1429 George Scott Johnstone collection - Scottish mountains]

== Further reading ==

For more information on the history of the British Geological Survey, former Overseas Geological Surveys and related organisations, see the following published works:

Bate, D G. 2010. Sir Henry Thomas De la Beche and the founding of the British Geological Survey. Mercian Geologist, 17 (3). 149–165.

Allen, P M. 2003. A geological survey in transition. (Keyworth: British Geological Survey). [available to buy online]

Bailey, Sir Edward. 1952. Geological Survey of Great Britain. (London: Thomas Murby)

Cook, P J, and Allen, P M. 1994. The example of the British Geological Survey: past, present and future. In: National Geological Surveys in the 21st century. Geological Survey of Canada Miscellaneous Report 55, 15–23.

Cook, P J. 1998. A history of the British Geological Survey, 1990-1997. British Geological Survey Technical Report WQ/98/1.

Cooper, Antony H. [https://nora.nerc.ac.uk/id/eprint/514376 Yorkshire geology seen through the eyes of notable British Survey geologists 1862-2000]. p.46-67 in Myerscough, R and Wallace, V. Famous Geologists of Yorkshire. PLACE, York. ISBN 978-1-906604-58-5.

Dixey, F. 1957. Colonial Geological Surveys, 1947-56: a review of progress during the past ten years. Colonial Geology and Mineral Resources, Supplement Series no. 2.

Flett, Sir John S. 1937. The first hundred years of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. (London: HMSO)

Hackett, D. 1999. Our corporate history: key events affecting the British Geological Survey, 1967-1998. British Geological Survey Technical Report WQ/99/1.

Herries Davies, G L. 1983. Sheets of many colours: the mapping of Ireland's rocks 1750–1890. (Dublin: Royal Dublin Society.)

Herries Davies, G L. 1995. North from The Hook: 150 years of the Geological Survey of Ireland. (Dublin: Geological Survey of Ireland.)

McKenna, G. (Ed) [Unpublished manuscript] Instructions for the Local Directors of the Geological Survey of Great Britain and Ireland (330 KB pdf) by Henry De la Beche 22nd May 1845. Selected documents from the BGS Archives No. 1.

McIntosh, R P. 2012. Geological Survey of Great Britain and Ireland — a contemporary account of the Survey, 1897. Extract and illustrated from 1897 Geological Survey of Great Britain. Summary of Progress. [Unpublished].

McIntosh, R P. Origins of the British Geological Survey.

Paul [https://blog.geolsoc.org.uk/2014/01/16/the-unfortunate-tale-of-the-museum-of-practical-geology-pt-i/ The Unfortunate Tale of the Museum of Practical Geology Pt I] Geological Society of London Blog. January 16th 2014.

Paul [https://blog.geolsoc.org.uk/2014/01/16/the-unfortunate-tale-of-the-museum-of-practical-geology-pt-i/ The Unfortunate Tale of the Museum of Practical Geology Pt II. Dippy and the Nippies] Geological Society of London Blog. January 17th 2014.

Portlock, J E. 1843. Report on the geology of Londonderry, and of parts of Tyrone and Fermanagh. (Dublin: HMSO), Preface pp. iii-xi, for an account of the origins of the geological department of the Ordnance Survey of Ireland.

Seymour, W A. (ed.) 1980. A history of the Ordnance Survey. (Folkestone: Dawson)

[https://www.british-history.ac.uk/survey-london/vol38/pp257-259 Geological Muesum] In: Survey of London. Volume 38. South Kensington Museums Area. London: London County Council, 1975. p257-259.

Wilson, H E. 1985. Down to earth: one hundred and fifty years of the British Geological Survey. (Edinburgh: Scottish Academic Press) (Including the activities of the former Overseas Geological Surveys)

== References ==

<references/>

Geological Museum, Museum of Practical Geology - a short guide to the exhibits (1964 edition)

2026-05-17T22:02:43Z

Scotfot: /* Photographs */

== Preliminaries ==
Department of Scientific and Industrial Research

London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office , 1964

''First published'' 1946; ''Second edition '' 1948; ''Third edition'' 1958; ''Fourth edition'' 1964

© ''Crown copyright'' 1964

Published by Her Majesty's Stationery Office

To be purchased from York House, Kingsway, London w.c.2; 423 Oxford Street, London w.1; 13A Castle Street, Edinburgh 2; 109 St. Mary Street, Cardiff; 39 King Street, Manchester 2; 50 Fairfax Street, Bristol 1; 35 Smallbrook, Ringway, Birmingham 5; 80 Chichester Street, Belfast 1 or through any bookseller

== General Information ==

'''Hours of opening'''

Weekdays: 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. Sundays: 2.30 p.m. to 6 p.m.

''The Museum is closed on Christmas Day and Good Friday''

'''Admission free'''

'''Entrances'''

The main public entrance to the Museum is in Exhibition Road. On the first floor there is a communicating gallery from the Science Museum.

'''Cloakroom'''

Visitors' coats and small personal packages may be deposited free in a cloakroom in the Entrance Hall. Lavatories arc situated on the north side of the Ground Floor.

'''Library'''

A Reference Library of geological literature, maps, and photographs is open free to the public, without ticket, from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. on weekdays. The Library is situated at the far (north-western) end of the Museum. Visitors are requested to sign the book placed in the vestibule.

'''Publications Stall'''

A Publications Stall, where Guides, Postcards, and Geological Survey Maps and Memoirs may be purchased, is situated in the Entrance Hall.

'''Lift'''

A lift for the convenience of visitors is situated at the south-western end of the Museum.

'''Photography'''

Visitors may take photographs provided that other visitors are not inconvenienced and that any equipment used is of a type which will not damage floors or furnishings.

This brief guide is intended primarily for the use of the visitor who desires to make a short tour of the Museum and to obtain a general idea of the scope and nature of the display collections.

Detailed explanation of the exhibits is provided by numerous labels and diagrams.

[[File:BGS GM SG 01.JPG|thumbnail|Frontispiece : Diorama; Carboniferous coal forming forest swamp, about 300 million years ago. The vegetation included giant club-mosses, luxuriant tree-ferns and horse-tails.]]

== History of the Museum ==

The Geological Survey of Great Britain, one of the oldest national geological surveys in the world, was founded in 1835 to prepare copies of Ordnance Survey maps geologically coloured so as to be of service to science and industry by providing an accurate representation of the geology of Great Britain. The Museum of Practical Geology may be said to have originated with the Geological Survey, for Sir Henry De la Beche, the first Director of the Survey, suggested that specimens should be collected to illustrate "the applications of geology to the useful purposes of life". By 1837 a collection had been assembled in a building at No. 1, Craig's Court, Charing Cross (now Whitehall).

The limited accommodation at Craig's Court soon proved insufficient, and a new building at 28 Jermyn Street was formally opened in 1851 by H.R.H. The Prince Consort. Here the collections remained for over eighty years, during which time they steadily increased in scope and scientific importance.

Many years before the removal of the collections to South Kensington it had become evident that the Jermyn Street premises were inadequate; and, eventually, in 1931, the construction of the present building was begun. The removal of the collections was accomplished in 1934, and on July 3, 1935, the Museum was opened by H.M. King George VI, then H.R.H. The Duke of York.

== General arrangement ==

The Museum building consists of three floors open to the public. In addition it contains the offices and laboratories of the Geological Survey and Museum; a lecture room; libraries for use by the staff and the public; and accommodation for research workers.

The main hall of the ground floor of the Museum is occupied principally by exhibits of precious and ornamental stones, and by a series of dioramas illustrating scenes and phenomena of outstanding geological interest. Surrounding this main hall are a number of exhibits demonstrating the more fundamental and popular aspects of geological science, such as earth-structure, the formation and disintegration of rocks, volcanic action, ice ages and early man, the formation of coal, and kindred subjects. Exhibits on the regional geology of the Thames Basin, the Weald and the Hampshire Basin are also seen here.

On the first floor of the Museum there is a series of exhibits illustrating the regional geology of the rest of Great Britain. In addition it contains a collection of fossils arranged according to the age of the rocks in which they arc found, as well as dioramas, models, and other exhibits.

For further information, see `The First Hundred Years of the Geological Survey of Great Britain', by Sir John H. Flett, 1937, and 'The Geological Survey of Great Britain', by Sir E. B. Bailey, 1952.

[[File:BGS GM 001.jpg|thumbnail|Plan of the Geological Museum]]

The second floor is occupied by collections of minerals and rocks of economic importance, illustrated by maps and dioramas. The British Mineral Collection is also displayed here.

[[File:BGS GM SG 02.JPG|thumbnail|View of the main hall and galleries, looking west]]

== Ground Floor ==

=== Entrance Hall ===

The ornamental scheme of the entrance hall of the Museum is executed in British decorative stones. The walls of the vestibule are formed of polished slabs of Ashburton Marble from Devon, and Hopton Wood Stone from Derbyshire, on a base of Irish Black Marble. The floor and stairs are principally of Hopton Wood Stone, with designs in Derbyshire Crinoidal, green Connemara, and other marbles.

At the left of the entrance is a Publications Stall, where handbooks, postcards, maps, memoirs, and other publications of the Geological Survey and Museum are obtainable.

There is a cloakroom on the right of the entrance.

=== Main Hall ===

==== Decorative Screen ====

Attention is called to the screen at the top of the staircase, which is one of the finest examples of decorative work in British marbles. Most of the stones employed are from Devon—Kitley Green, Pink Petitor and Ashburton—with green Connemara Marble from the Republic of Ireland and with Purbeck Marble from Dorset flanking the staircase to the first floor.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_03.JPG|thumbnail|Decorative entrance arch in British marbles]]

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_04.JPG|thumbnail|Topographically modelled globe, coloured to show the geology of the Earth]]

==== Geological Globe ====

Facing the visitor on entering the main hall is a topographically modelled globe, six feet in diameter, showing the geology of the earth. This has a linear scale of 1:7 197 000 (1 inch to 114 miles), and mountain heights are exaggerated twenty times. The globe rotates once in every 23 minutes. To show the relative size and distance of the moon, an illuminated sphere 19 inches in diameter hangs between the first_ and second galleries at the west end of the Museum some 60 yards away. The sun on the same scale would be about 200 yards in diameter and about 13 miles away, say in the vicinity of Epsom Downs.

The world distribution of sedimentary rocks of the main divisions of geological time, and of igneous rocks, is shown on the globe by various colours which are described on the accompanying indexes and labels.

==== Gemstone Collection ====

The greater part of the main hall is occupied by an exhibit of gem and decorative stones, in "non-reflecting" cases with curved glass tops. The forms in which these beautiful and rare minerals occur in nature are illustrated by some specimens, while others are in the cut and polished state, the style of cutting being designed to show the peculiar beauty of each particular type of stone.

The arrangement of the gemstone collection is illustrated in the accompanying plan, and the visitor will find a full description of this exhibit and of the mineralogy of gemstones in a separate publication: `Guide to the Collection of Gemstones'. Attention is particularly directed, however, to the cases of Diamonds, illustrating first their occurrence in nature, both in the blue-ground of the South African mines and in alluvial gravels of other localities; and, secondly, the models of famous stones such as the Cullinan, the Koh-i-noor, and many others. The cases containing Corundum and its varieties Ruby and Sapphire should be seen, and notice taken of the exhibit on synthetic corundum gems, indistinguishable from the natural stones save by a specialist. Attention is also directed to the collection of Beryl, with its varieties Emerald and Aquamarine; the fine crystals of Tourmaline, parti-coloured in pink and green; the display of cut Zircons; the large cut Sillimanite (fibrolite); the carvings in Jade; and the cases showing the mineral Quartz, including Rock Crystal, Amethyst, Cairngorm, and other forms of silica such as Agate, Onyx, Carnelian, Opal and Jasper. At the far end of the Museum are cases containing specimens of Serpentine, Ornamental Calcite, Amber, Gypsum and Alabaster.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_21.JPG|thumbnail|Arrangement of gemstone cases.]]

==== Other Decorative Stones ====

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_05.JPG|thumbnail|Vase of Derbyshire fluospar (Blue John); height 31 inches (78.7 cms)]]

Many examples of decorative stones are displayed along the sides of the main hall. Two columns of Connemara Marble, bearing busts of H.M. Queen Victoria and H.R.H. The Prince Consort, are near the entrance stairs. To the right and left are large crystals of quartz and of smoky quartz. Adjacent to these are two fine stalagmites (over six feet in height) from Yugoslavia, one of which has been cut to show the internal structure formed by many thin layers of carbonate of lime. On columns of decorative stones are shown a vase made of serpentine from the Lizard; a large agate from South America ; two large vases of the fine purple and yellow or white banded variety of Derbyshire fluorspar known as "Blue John"; two blocks of jade from Upper Burma; a large water-clear crystal of topaz which weighs 29½ lb ; two fine vases in alabaster, and a tazza in Rosewood Marl* from Derbyshire. The two blocks of jade weigh 132 and 178 lb respectively ; and in the larger specimen the common green colour is replaced by a much rarer mauve shade. A large tazza in alabaster is displayed on the north side of the ground floor.

In a central position, behind the geological globe, is a fountain of granite from Peterhead, Aberdeenshire—a rock used for shop-fronts and similar stonework. Proceeding up the centre of the Museum, the visitor comes first to a fine group of deep-coloured amethyst crystals from Brazil, lent by the Managers of the Royal Institution. Further along the Museum is a magnificent vase in Siberian aventurine quartz, given in 1843 by Emperor Nicolas I of Russia to Sir Roderick Murchison, a former director of the Museum, in recognition of his work on Russian geology. The vase stands on a pedestal of grey porphyry from the Altai Mountains, from where the aventurine quartz was also obtained.

In a small case near to the vase is a very fine snuff-box set with sixteen large diamonds; this was presented in 1867 by the Tsar Alexander II, whose miniature in enamel the box displays, to Sir Roderick Murchison in further acknowledgment of his Russian researches.

Conspicuous at the far end of the Museum is a copy of the Farnese Hercules in Portland Stone from the Isle of Portland; this great piece of sculpture weighs over ten tons.

==== The Dioramas ====

Between the pillars of the main hall there are exhibited a number of dioramas of landscapes illustrating features of outstanding or popular geological interest, and of quarries, opencast workings and mines of economic significance. The position of these dioramas may be changed, as new subjects are from time to time prepared; those usually exhibited on the ground floor are given in the following list, along with the geological features which they demonstrate:

'''The Needles and Alum Bay''' Earth movements during Tertiary times pushed once almost horizontal strata northwards into steep-fronted folds which have since been modified by erosion.

'''Lulworth Cove and Stair Hole''' A seaward rampart of steeply inclined hard Portland and Purbeck rocks has been breached by the sea which is now scooping out the softer rocks inland.

'''Portland Stone Quarry''' One of the many quarries in the Isle of Portland. Portland Stone is the most important building stone in the south of England. The average yearly output (including crushed stone for use as agricultural lime, roadstone and industrial applications) is about 200 000 tons.

'''Penrhyn Slate Quarry''' Cambrian rocks, altered from clay to slate by great earth-movements at the end of the Silurian Period. These quarries, amongst the greatest of their kind in the world, were worked as early as the time of Queen Elizabeth I.

'''A Persian Oilfield''' A section through the central part of the field shows one of the anticlinal structures with which accumulations of oil in this region are associated. Production in this field began in 1911, and the total yield up to the end of 1962 was 131 486 975 metric tons of oil.

'''A Cumbrian Coalfield''' The foreground is cut away to show the structure of the exposed, concealed, and submarine parts of the coalfield, and the two methods—"pillar and stall" and "longwall"—by which the coals are worked.

'''Early Man: Thames Valley''' A reconstruction of scenery during a warm interlude in the Great Ice Age, about 100 000 years ago. Elephant, rhinoceros, horse, and boar abounded, and Early Stone Age man, armed with flint implements, preyed on these animals.

'''[IMAGE] Diorama: the Island of Staffa'''

'''The Formation of Coal''' A reconstruction of a scene during upper Carboniferous times, about 300 million years ago. Giant club-mosses, horsetails, and plume-like tree-ferns flourished; from their compressed remains coal seams were later formed.

'''The Island of Staffa '' (Inner Hebrides)'''. Columnar basalt lavas poured out from volcanoes of early Tertiary times, between 60 and 70 million years ago. Coastal erosion along a plane of weakness has formed Fingal's Cave.

'''Alaskan Glacier''' The Dawes Glacier in south-eastern Alaska, illustrating calving of icebergs, moraines, the smoothing and striation of valley walls due to glacier action, and ounded glacial topography.

'''Vesuvius in Eruption''' The gre at eruption of Vesuvius in 1872. The dense explosion cloud, charged with pulverized rock and volcanic dust, was more than nine miles high.

'''Cheddar Caves''' Cave formation in limestone country by solvent action of percolating water; underground streams; stalactites, stalagmites, cave curtains and cave pillars.

=== General geology : Side Bays ===

Flanking the main hall of the Museum are exhibits illustrating certain aspects of geology of a fundamental nature and of popular appeal. The displays are fully described in labels and photographs which accompany the exhibits, and only the main exhibits, to which attention is particularly directed, are mentioned here. Starting from the left of the entrance these are arranged around the main hall in the following order:

==== Earth Structure ====

A small globe illustrates modern concepts of the interior of the earth. In an "island" case meteorites, probably akin to the rocks of the deep interior, arc exhibited, together with some common rocks and minerals of the earth's surface. Diagrams of the chemical composition of the various zones of the earth are shown on the screens, upon which are also several pictures showing earthquake damage in Japan, New Zealand and elsewhere. A large map illustrates the belts of earthquake activity throughout the world; these are roughly coincident with the main regions of mountain folding shown on an adjacent map.

A large photograph of the moon illustrates the craters and other surface features, and on the same screen are photographs of meteor trails, nebulae, and other stellar phenomena.

==== Weathering ====

Here are illustrated some of the chemical and physical processes which lead to the breaking down of rocks at the earth's surface. Desk cases in this bay are arranged to demonstrate the decomposition of igneous rocks, of limestones, and of sand and clay rocks. One case contains exhibits which illustrate weathering under desert conditions. An "island" case contains large specimens also relating to these subjects.

A weather-beaten statue from St. Paul's Cathedral, on a block of Peterhead granite, shows the solvent action of London atmospheric waters, which are charged with acid gases, on buildings or monuments of limestone. This effect is again seen in a series of weathered sculptures from the exterior of the Houses of Parliament, in which the finer details of the carving have been dissolved away by rain. The photographs on the screens illustrate erosion and denudation. Attention is directed to a series of desert views from Egypt and a collection of pictures showing cave formation in limestone country.

==== Rivers and Lakes ====

The principal exhibits in this bay are photographic, the pictures on the screens showing various types of rivers and lakes and the deposits of sand, gravel, mud, etc., to which they give rise. Samples of these sediments are shown in a desk case, where there is also a display of the deposits of salt lakes, such as rock salt, gypsum, anhydrite, calc-tufa, etc. Large specimens of peat, diatomite, bog iron ore, clay ironstone, and other lake deposits are shown in an "island" case, along with rocks illustrating river erosion and a series of diagrams depicting river-courses and lake formation. A map shows the location of certain lakes in Cheshire formed by subsidence. The subsidence is due to the removal by solution in water of underground strata of rock salt; the water is circulated through the saline beds and pumped to the surface as brine.

==== Marine Action ====

The photographs throughout this bay are mainly of the coast of Britain and illustrate how the coastal scenery is dependent upon the geological structure. In some regions the sea is gaining on the land, in others the land is increasing; the distribution of coastal erosion and coastal deposition is shown on a map. A second large map depicts the distribution of the various kinds of deep-sea deposits throughout the oceans of the world. The specimens in the cases illustrate a variety of marine deposits. One case is devoted to coral reefs; a second to the deposits of ancient seas, in which are preserved as fossils the marine faunas of past ages; a third case is occupied by the marine deposits of the present day; and a fourth contains shore-deposits, such as sands, gravels, and conglomerates. In an "island" case in the centre of the bay there is an exhibit of marine formations of the geological past, the large specimens being rich in the fossilized remains of the animals of former ages.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_07.JPG|thumbnail|Weathered statue front St. Paul's Cathedral]]

==== Coal ====

This exhibit illustrates the conditions under which coal is formed and preserved. There is a large map of the coalfields of the world, and two others showing the distribution of British coalfields. The two outermost cases should be studied first. These demonstrate how coal occurs, the composition of coal and of coal-ash, the rocks which are found accompanying the coal, and the fossil life—the plants, lamellibranchs, fishes, and amphibians—associated with coal seams. Among the other cases, one illustrates how the Coal Measures of this country may be subdivided by means of the fossil plants which they contain; and another the correlation of coal seams over wide areas by the use of marine shells, fresh- and brackish-water molluscs, and other fossils. Desk cases display specimens of the principal coal-forming plants, some of the methods used in the study of coals and coal-balls and samples of representative British coals. The maps, photographs, and diagrams on the large screens illustrate coal seams and coal-mining regions.

(An illustrated booklet 'The Origin and Evolution of Coal' is available at the Museum bookstall.)

==== Glaciers and Early Man ====

Numerous photographs of Alpine, Himalayan, and Alaskan valley glaciers, and of Arctic and Antarctic ice formations, are displayed here. The exhibited specimens, however, are mainly concerned with ice formations and ice ages of the past, particularly the Great Ice Age of the Pleistocene period—the geological period immediately preceding that in which we now live. One case contains ice-scratched boulders and fragments of glaciated pavements; in another are displayed glacial deposits, including boulder clay and fluvioglacial sands and gravels; and in another, examples of erratic blocks, i.e. rocks transported, commonly for long distances, by ice-sheets. Two maps, arranged on a large screen, illustrate the distribution of the ice-sheet in Britain; one shows the maximum extent of glaciation and the other a later period when the ice-sheet was not so great. Several photographs show the effect of the Ice Age on British scenery. A fourth case of specimens illustrates a much earlier ice age in the southern hemisphere—that of Pcrmo-Carboniferous times.

Unglaciated parts of England in the time of the Great Ice Age were inhabited by such animals as the Mammoth, the Woolly Rhinoceros, the Musk Ox and by primitive man. Early man is known chiefly by his tools and weapons, principally of flint; photographs, with several cases of specimens, illustrate noteworthy occurrences of such implements of human manufacture in southern England.

Two paintings of a typical U-shaped glaciated valley, Nant Ffrancon in North Wales, are exhibited in this bay; one of them shows a reconstruction of the valley in Glacial times.

==== Vulcanicity ====

A large map illustrates the occurrence of active volcanoes in the world today. Many of these are illustrated by photographs on the screens, and several cases are occupied by their products in the form of lava, volcanic bombs, cinders, ashes and dust. One case shows the forms of volcanic bombs and another the structures of lava flows. The screens on these cases give a description and a classification of the different kinds of volcanoes. Large volcanic bombs and other relevant specimens are exhibited in an "island" case. Many specimens of volcanic ashes and dust are shown, and attention is drawn to those erupted by such famous volcanoes as Vesuvius, Krakatoa and Katmai. In two desk cases the types of lava erupted in recent times from the world's volcanoes can be seen, and it is of interest to compare these with a small display of lavas, tuffs, and ashes erupted by British volcanoes in past geological ages. Some of the latter arc illustrated by photographs.

A particularly interesting series of specimens of fused glassware, coins, and other relics from the town of St. Pierre demonstrate some results of the great 1902 eruption of Mt. Pelee in Martinique, in which 28 000 persons were killed.

==== Metamorphism ====

Two of the three main divisions of rock types, the sedimentary and the igneous rocks, have been described in bays previously mentioned. In this exhibit are shown specimens of the third great group, the metamorphic rocks, which have arisen from pre-existing sedimentary or igneous types by their subjection to considerable changes in temperature or pressure, or, in some cases, both. By these processes new minerals and structures are formed and the rock is reconstituted. One case is occupied by minerals which are typical of such metamorphic rocks, and in others are displayed examples of metamorphic types which have arisen from normal sediments or igneous rocks through the intrusion into them of hot, molten igneous rock such as granite, or by the shearing stresses and temperature changes caused by great earth-movements. Two great slabs from Tillyfour in Aberdeenshire and Ben Cruachan in Argyll illustrate contacts between granite and metamorphic gneiss—the latter being a reconstructed mass of sedimentary rock. The photographs illustrate the metamorphic rock scenery of the Scottish Highlands and elsewhere.

==== Rock Structures ====

Here are exhibited a number of specimens demonstrating those structures which, visible to the naked eye, characterize certain sedimentary, igneous and metamorphic rocks. The sedimentary structures shown comprise false-bedding due to wind and current action, ripple-marks, sun-cracks, animal tracks and rain-prints; these, preserved in sandstones and mud-stones, each give information on the environment in which the rocks were formed. Other interesting specimens exhibited include flexible sandstone from India, oolites and pisolites, stalactites, and the Cotham landscape marble. Two cases contain concretions which illustrate the variety of fantastic nodular growths sometimes found in sedimentary rocks. Iron disulphide nodules similar to the specimens exhibited are of common occurrence in south-east England, being derived from the Lower Chalk. Specimens are displayed to illustrate the variety of structures and textures (crystallinity, inclusions, etc.) which are produced in igneous rocks consolidating from the molten state under different conditions. The orbicular diorite from Corsica is commonly known as napoleonite. Two other cases illustrate by small specimens some of the greater structures met by geologists in the field. Thus faulting and jointing in rocks are illustrated by appropriate specimens of banded slate, and fold-structures are represented by Alpine and Highland specimens in which the rock sample is contorted in a manner closely similar to that shown by whole rock formations in these mountain regions. A large group of columns from the Giant's Causeway (Antrim) demonstrates the hexagonal jointing of basalt (which should be compared with the diorama of Staffa).

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_08.JPG|thumbnail|Diorama: Vesuvius in eruption (1872)]]

==== British Regional Geology ====

In the remaining bays of the ground floor three exhibits have been arranged to illustrate the geology of certain districts near London. These exhibits form part of the series on British Regional Geology, the remainder of which occupies the first gallery of the Museum. Descriptions of the three exhibits are given below.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_09.JPG|thumbnail|Polished surface of orbicular diorite (napoleonite) from Corsica. Natural size ]]

===== London and The Thames Valley =====

The area here interpreted comprises the London Basin with some adjacent territory. Of special interest among the exhibits are: a picture showing a reconstruction of the conditions during the formation of the London Clay; a geological map of London on a scale of six inches to a mile; a geological section from the Chilterns to the Weald; the ancient rocks of Palaeozoic age encountered in deep borings for water underneath London; and an exhibit, in an "island" case, of bones of elephant, rhinoceros, and other mammals from the Quaternary deposits. A large model illustrates, on a scale of one inch to one mile, the geology of the country extending from Baldock in the north to Dorking in the south, and from the Vale of White Horse in the west to Foulness in the east. The surface or "drift" deposits arc illustrated by stippling, and the basin-like arrangement of the rocks beneath London is clearly evident. Much of the water supply for this region is derived from wells sunk into the chalk.

===== The Wealden District =====

The Wealden District, embracing Kent and Sussex, the greater part of Surrey, and part of Hampshire, contains some of the most attractive scenery of southern England. The rocks exposed at the surface are all of Mesozoic, or later age, but below the surface Palaeozoic strata are locally encountered in deep borings; in eastern Kent there is an extensive productive coalfield concealed under the younger deposits.

The Weald was in early times the centre of the English iron industry; specimens include examples of ores and slags. Among other exhibits attention is drawn to a diagrammatic section across the area, showing the relationship of the geological structure to the scenery; a central case of large fossils, one a crocodile from the London Clay; and a pictorial representation of a Wealden landscape of some 135 million years ago. A large model illustrates, on a scale of one inch to one mile, the geology of the region extending from Havant, Petersfield, Reading, and Richmond eastward and southward to the sea. From this the general arch-like or anticlinal structure of the Weald is apparent.

===== The Hampshire Basin and Adjoining Areas =====

This district includes the whole of Dorset, the greater part of Wiltshire and Hampshire, and the Isle of Wight. There are here exposed all the formations in the Jurassic, Cretaceous, Eocene, and Oligocene systems, as well as a variety of superficial deposits. Among the scenic types illustrated by photographs and specimens are the vales of Marshwood, Wardour, and Pewsey; the Chesil Bank; and the Chalk uplands, including Salisbury Plain. A geological model of the Isle of Purbeck, on a scale of six inches to a mile, is exhibited.

The stairs and walls of the staircase to the first floor are of cream-coloured Hopton Wood marble from Derbyshire, with floor ornamentation in Derbyshire Crinoidal and green Connemara marble. The lower balustrades are of green Purbeck Marble from Dorset, and the upper of Ashburton Marble from Devon. An ornamental inlaid table, constructed of Devon marbles, is exhibited.

== First Floor ==

=== Geological Column ===

At the eastern end of the first gallery is an illuminated column which shows the approximate duration of the successive geological periods and records the chief events—earth-movements, volcanic activity, the incoming and extinction of various groups of animals and plants, etc.—which occurred during each period. (A separate guide to this column is on sale, price 1/-). For the convenience of museum visitors a brief tabulation of geological time is given on the inside back cover of this guide.

Adjacent to the column is a screen with a series of maps showing changes in the geography of the British Isles during past geological epochs. Large geological maps of England and Wales, and of Scotland, showing the present outcrops of the rocks of the various systems, are exhibited at the western end of this floor.

=== Stonehenge ===

Near the western staircase there is an interesting exhibit illustrating one application of geology to archaeological research. This illustrates the geology of Stonehenge, the most famous relic of prehistoric architecture in Britain, erected between 1700 and 1400 B.C. From the exhibit it will be seen that the larger stones of the monument, forming the Outer Circle and the five trilithons, are of local sandstone (sarsen) from Salisbury Plain. The smaller Bluestones (dolerites, rhyolites and volcanic tuff), forming the Inner Circle and the Horseshoe, are, however, foreign to the district and must have been transported by human agency from their presumed source of origin in the Pembrokeshire Prescelly Mountains. Photographs and maps on adjacent screens accompany the reconstructed model of Stonehenge.

=== British Fossils ===

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_10.JPG|thumbnail|Trilobite of Wenlock (Mid-Silurian) age, from Dudley, Worcestershire. Nearly twice natural size]]

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_11.JPG|thumbnail|Leaf of a Coal Measures (Upper Carboniferous) plant, from Barnsley, Yorkshire. Half natural size]]

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_12.JPG|thumbnail|Echinoid (sea-urchin) from the Chalk (Upper Cretaceous) formation, Gravesend, Kent. One and a half times natural size ]]

In the bays on either side of the eastern staircase is a series of British fossils, from which the visitor may trace, from the first certain evidences of life upon the earth, a progressive sequence, characterized by increasing variety of form and complexity of structure, right up to the fossils of the most recent periods, the immediate ancestors of life on the earth today. Attention is directed to a series of drawings illustrating reconstructions of plant life through the ages.

The fossils from Palaeozoic formations are arranged on the south side of the Museum, and those of Mesozoic and later epochs are in the bay on the north. The collection has been prepared primarily for consultation by advanced students and field geologists, for whose benefit the small subdivisions of strata (zones or subzones) are represented, both by their name or index fossil and by other characteristic species.

=== Dioramas ===

The following five dioramas are normally exhibited on the first gallery:

'''Ancient English Desert''' A reconstruction of conditions in the Triassic Period, 200 million years ago. Rocks formed of desert sand, overlying sand-blasted rock surfaces, or of rock salt, gypsum, and anhydrite deposited in desert lakes, as shown in the diorama, occur in the English Midlands and elsewhere in Britain.

'''Avon Gorge, Bristol''' This gorge, 300 feet deep, is caused by the river cutting down through the Lower Carboniferous rocks contemporaneously with an uplift of the land. In this classic locality it was first demonstrated that the Carboniferous Limestone consists of successive zones each containing characteristic fossils.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_13.JPG|thumbnail|Diorama: Avon Gorge, Bristol]]

'''Lakeland Scenery''' '' (Lake Derwentwater from Castle Head near Keswick). The hills on the east side of the lake, i.e. on the left of the diorama, are formed of lavas and tuffs of the Borrowdale Volcanic Series; these rest on Skiddaw Slates, occuping the low ground and the nearer hills to the right. Castle Head, in the foreground, is a mass of igneous rock (dolerite) smoothed and striated in the Ice Age.

'''The North-West Highlands''' '' (of Scotland). The mountains on the right show, in descending order, white Cambrian quartzite, Pre-Cambrian Torridonian sandstone, and Lewisian gneiss, the oldest formation in Britain. On the left, Lewisian gneiss lies, in abnormal sequence, above the Cambrian quartzite, due to upheaval along a great thrust plane. The region is intensely glaciated, with numerous ice-transported blocks. Edinburgh .from the Braid Hills. Differential erosion of hard igneous rocks and softer sedimentary rocks has produced the present topography. During the Pleistocene Period the area was covered by an easterly-moving ice-sheet. Castle Rock is formed of igneous rock (basalt) as are Calton Hill (volcanic lavas and tuffs) Salisbury Craigs (teschenite) and Arthur's Seat (a denuded volcano). The lower ground is of sediments of Old Red Sandstone and Carboniferous age.

=== British Regional Geology ===

The greater part of the first floor gallery of the Museum is laid out to illustrate in detail the geology of Great Britain. For this purpose the country has been divided into eighteen distinct regions. The boundaries of these areas are shown on large coloured maps at each end of the first gallery, and from these the region into which any town or district falls can readily be determined.

The geology of each region is dealt with in a separate bay. In each bay the cases are numbered consecutively and the specimens in them are arranged systematically in order of age. Explanatory labels and diagrams are placed in screens above the cases. Topographical and geological maps, and photographs of places of special geological interest, are displayed on the walls of the bays. Many of the bays contain geological models of a portion or the whole of the region, and an "island" case in which are exhibited various large specimens.

The age of the rocks underlying any particular locality can be determined from the geological maps; reference to the desk cases will then provide for inspection named specimens of these rocks and their included fossils; and the labels and diagrams in the screens give additional information concerning their mode of formation, occurrence, disposition, and structure. A special case is devoted in most of the bays to rocks and minerals of economic importance.

Three of the regional exhibits—London and The Thames Valley, the Weald, and the Hampshire Basin—are situated on the ground floor anti. have been described previously (pp. 17 to 19). The remainder, on this, gallery, are noted below, brief reference being made to appropr geological phenomena of popular interest.

Complementary to the displays are a number of handbooks, eig!. in all, on "British Regional Geology".

'''South-West England'''. Here is illustrated the geology of Cornwall and Devon, West Somerset, and parts of Dorset. The subjects of greatest interest are the mines and minerals, two cases being devoted to ore-bodies and mining, and the great episodes of igneous activity giving rise to Dartmoor and other granite masses. The geological processes leading to the formation of china clay and other economic minerals are dealt with. The Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Lizard are of particular interest.

'''Bristol and Gloucester District''' With the exception of West Somerset, the whole of Gloucestershire and Somerset and parts of adjacent counties are here described. The district is renowned for such scenic features as the Cotswolds, Cheddar Gorge, and the Wye Valley; the influences of geological structures on the formation and evolution of this landscape are demonstrated. There are no less than eight geological systems present in the area, which includes the Forest of Dean Coalfield, the mines of the Mendips, and many important Jurassic building-stone quarries. A geological model of the Mendip Hills—Bristol—Forest of Dean region forms part of the exhibit.

''The Welsh Borderlands.'' This district includes the Shrewsbury coalfields on the north, the Shropshire and Malvern hills, the Clun Forest, Black Mountains, and Central Monmouthshire. Many formational names well known in the literature of the oldest igneous and sedimentary rocks—such as the Malvernian, Uriconian, Longmyndian, Caradoc, and others—were chosen from this picturesque region, in which, also, Sir Roderick Murchison first established the sequence of rocks of the Silurian System. A geological model of the Wrekin-Wenlock district is on exhibition.

'''South Wales''' Here is illustrated the geology of that part of Wales lying south of Machynlleth and Welshpool and extending to the Bristol Channel. It therefore comprises the great industrial area of the South Wales Coalfield and a large portion of Central Wales. Among the many specimens exhibited, coals (including anthracite) are of special interest.

''North Wales.'' This region, comprising Wales north of Machynlleth and Welshpool includes Anglesey, the precipitous heights of Snowdonia, the rugged scarps of the Harlech Dome and its margins, and the less imposing Denbighshire mountains. To the east, escarpments of mineralized Carboniferous Limestone are succeeded by the Flint and Denbighshire Coalfield. The earth-movements and geological changes throughout the ages, to which the present scenery is due, are fully demonstrated. The area includes the greatest slate quarries in the world. A model of part of the region is exhibited.

'''The Pennines and Adjacent Areas''' This region includes the greater part of northern England extending from the Tees to the Midland Plain. The Pennines form a central upland plateau dominating the whole area, along the western and eastern flanks of which are the two important coalfields of Lancashire and Cheshire, and York, Derby, and Nottingham respectively. The area therefore includes some of the principal industrial regions of Britain. Carboniferous rocks are fully developed, occupying four-fifths of the region; these are illustrated in detail. Attention is directed to the ore and mineral deposits of the Pennines. A geological model of the Ingleborough District is shown.

'''Northern England''' This comprises Northumberland, Durham, Cumberland and most of Westmorland, Furness, and the Isle of Man. The geology of the extensive Cumberland and north-eastern coalfields is demonstrated by maps and specimens. A model of the Lake District and many photographs of the beautiful scenery of this region are exhibited. The important mineral deposits displayed represent those of the Lake District, of Weardale, Teesdale, and Alston Moor, and the haematite of West Cumberland and Furness. The concretionary structures of the Durham Permian dolomites are interesting, and the exhibit on the glacial geology of the region is noteworthy.

'''Central England''' The Central England district includes coalfields of the Midland Coalfields Province, much of the great Central Plain of England, and a large tract of pastoral country around Northamptonshire and Rutland. The rocks exposed at the surface range from Pre-Cambrian to Middle Jurassic, and extensive deposits of coal, fireclay, gypsum, salt and iron ore are present. A model of the North Staffordshire Coalfield is exhibited. Interesting rocks include the Northampton iron ore, the building stones of Rutland, and the brickclays of Peterborough.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_14.JPG|thumbnail|Diorama: Penrhyn Slate Quarry. North Wales ]]

'''East Anglia and Adjoining Areas''' In addition to Norfolk and Suffolk, there are here described the counties of Bedfordshire, Cambridgeshire, Huntingdonshire, and a small area in South Lincolnshire. The strata range from the Great Oolite to Recent formations, and among the well-known features illustrated are the Broads, the Fenland, and the Cromer Ridge. The area is interesting because of its occupation by Early Man, whose flint implements have been found in abundance in various deposits. The remains of fossil elephant, hippopotamus, and other mammals are exhibited in an "island" case.

'''East Yorkshire and Lincolnshire''' This area forms a physiographic unit lying between the Tees and the Wash, and bounded on the west by the vales of Mowbray, York and Trent. The northern part consists mainly of Jurassic rocks. In the middle are the Yorkshire Wolds, formed of Chalk, and the Holderness plain of glacial deposits. The southern part, Lincolnshire, includes Jurassic rocks on the west, the Chalk Wolds and a Glacial to Recent coastal plain. The rocks exhibited include the important iron ores of Cleveland and of Frodingham. A reconstruction of the Cleveland Hills in the Ice Age is shown.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_15.JPG|thumbnail|Small-scale folding in metamorphic rocks of late Pre-Cambrian age near Portsoy, Scotland]]

'''The South of Scotland''' This region is limited on the north by the Southern Boundary Fault of the Midland Valley, and on the south by the Solway Firth and the Cheviot Hills. Most of the area is occupied by highly folded rocks of Ordovician and Silurian ages, the complicated structures of which were first elucidated by Charles Lapworth, a Galashiels schoolmaster, from studying the graptolite fossils. The mineral deposits of Leadhills and Wanlockhead have been worked at intervals for 700 years.

'''The Midland Valley of Scotland''' This comprises the principal mining and industrial areas in Scotland. An introductory case describes the physical features and their relation to geological structure. The great development of Old Red Sandstone and Carboniferous igneous rocks is noteworthy, the principal types of these being exhibited. The coals, oil-shales, refractory clays, and other economic rocks and minerals are exhibited. A diorama illustrates the geology and scenery of the Edinburgh district (see p. 23).

'''The Grampian Highlands of Scotland''' This exhibit describes the geology and main physiographic features of the mountain country lying between the Highland Border and the Great Glen. Of particular interest are the great Caledonian complexes of igneous rocks which give rise to Ben Nevis and other of the highest hills in Britain, and the Middle Old Red Sandstone chert (a fossil peat-bed) of Rhynie in Aberdeenshire, containing plant remains, showing vascular structure, over 350 million years old. Also shown are fragments, together with casts of parts of the remarkable reptilian remains of Permo-Triassic age.

'''The Northern Highlands of Scotland''' This sparsely inhabited region includes the mainland west and north of the Great Glen, the Outer Hebrides, and some islands of the Inner Hebrides. The Lewisian gneisses of the Hebrides and the mainland are the oldest rocks in Britain. The exhibit illustrates the structures and the rock deformations produced by the great Caledonian earth-movements. A geological model of the classical Assynt district is exhibited.

'''In the connecting gallery to the Science Museum there is exhibited:'''

'''The Tertiary Volcanic Districts of Scotland''' The most recent volcanic activity in Britain was during early Tertiary times, when eruptions on a gigantic scale took place, associated with earth movements of faulting and subsidence over large areas. This igneous activity affected in some degree a large part of Britain, but was most fully developed in the west of Scotland, including the Inner Hebrides, and in north-eastern Ireland, where thick successions of basalt lava flows are still preserved. The islands of Skye, Rum, Mull, Arran, and St. Kilda, and the mainland district of Ardnamurchan, the geology of which is here interpreted, form the complex "roots" of these giant volcanoes. Models of Mull and Ardnamurchan are exhibited, and there are displayed in addition specimens of the Mesozoic and earlier rocks of these districts of Scotland.

== Second Floor ==

The second gallery deals with Economic Geology and Mineralogy. Here are displayed representative series of exhibits illustrating the principal mineral deposits of the world. The exhibits comprise the ores of the precious metals, gold, silver, and platinum; the ores of the base metals such as iron, copper, lead, zinc, tin, etc.; the non-metallic minerals and rocks of economic importance, such as gypsum, fluorspar, rock salt, sulphur, barytes; and abrasives, refractories, building stones, marbles, and slates. The displays are arranged primarily to show the geological associations and modes of occurrence of mineral substances used in industry, and the specimens exhibited are supplemented by appropriate photographs, diagrams, and descriptive labels.

Other noteworthy exhibits on this floor include dioramas illustrating the occurrence of oil in Kuwait, gold in Ontario, china clay in Cornwall, iron ore in Northamptonshire, and chalk worked for Portland cement. Large maps illustrating the distribution of mineral deposits in England, and a geographical collection of British minerals, are also to be found here.

=== Ores of the Base Metals ===

On the north side of the Museum, starting from the main staircase, there are six bays illustrating respectively the ore deposits of (1) Aluminium and Manganese; (2) Iron (sedimentary ores); (3) Iron (ores with igneous affiliations), Nickel, Cobalt, Chromium and Titanium; (4) Lead and Zinc; (5) Copper; (6) Tin, Tungsten, and Molybdenum. Uranium ores are shown at the eastern end, at the head of the main staircase.

'''Aluminium Ores''' Bauxite, a mixture of impure hydrated aluminium oxides, is the principal ore worked. Many deposits are found at or near the surface in tropical regions, and result from the weathering of aluminous rocks. Others, and notably those in the United Kingdom, have formed under similar conditions in past geological times when the climate in present-day temperate regions was also tropical.

'''Manganese Ores''' Most of the world's production has come from sedimentary and metamorphosed sedimentary deposits of hydrous and anhydrous manganese oxides, and residual deposits derived from the weathering of manganiferous rocks. A suite of specimens from the Nsuta Mine in Ghana, the largest manganese mine in the world, is displayed. Also exhibited are specimens from the sedimentary Manganese Shales of North Wales, and from manganese-bearing mineral veins in other parts of Great Britain.

'''Iron Ores (sedimentary)''' In this group are included the brown iron ores of sedimentary origin, so important in Great Britain and France, as well as the metamorphosed and enriched sedimentary iron formations that produce the bulk of the world's supply of high-grade haematite ore.

Specimens from the best known deposits of the latter type, those of the Lake Superior region, are exhibited.

'''Iron Ores (with igneous affiliations)''' These include the so-called magmatic ores, composed of high-grade magnetite, which were directly derived from molten igneous rock, and the vein and replacement deposits formed by hot ascending waters of igneous origin. The magmatic types are well represented in the exhibit by the famous Swedish deposits, and fine specimens from the rich haematite bodies of Cumberland illustrate the replacement types.

'''Nickel, Cobalt, Chromium and Titanium Ores''' The great nickel-copper deposits of Sudbury, Ontario, dominate world nickel production; specimens of the massive sulphide ore and associated rocks from them are exhibited. Cobalt similarly shows an affinity for copper, and much cobalt is recovered as a by-product of copper mining, or is a residual weathering product from copper-bearing rocks. In one desk case, specimens from the interesting cobalt-nickel-silver deposits of Cobalt, Ontario, are displayed. Chromium and titanium ores are found as segregations in ultrabasic and basic igneous rocks. Specimens are shown of the important deposits of chrome ore in Rhodesia and the Transvaal, and of the Norwegian titanium ores.

'''Lead and Zinc'''The ores of these metals are closely associated in nature. The deposits, mostly formed by deposition in veins or replacement of rock

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_16.JPG|thumbnail|Large crystals of galena (lead sulphide) front the Harz Mountains, Germany. Natural size]]

== Second Floor ==

The second gallery deals with Economic Geology and Mineralogy. Here are displayed representative series of exhibits illustrating the principal mineral deposits of the world. The exhibits comprise the ores of the precious metals, gold, silver, and platinum; the ores of the base metals such as iron, copper, lead, zinc, tin, etc.; the non-metallic minerals and rocks of economic importance, such as gypsum, fluorspar, rock salt, sulphur, barytes; and abrasives, refractories, building stones, marbles, and slates. The displays are arranged primarily to show the geological associations and modes of occurrence of mineral substances used in industry, and the specimens exhibited are supplemented by appropriate photographs, diagrams, and descriptive labels.

Other noteworthy exhibits on this floor include dioramas illustrating the occurrence of oil in Kuwait, gold in Ontario, china clay in Cornwall, iron ore in Northamptonshire, and chalk worked for Portland cement. Large maps illustrating the distribution of mineral deposits in England, and a geographical collection of British minerals, are also to be found here.=== Ores of the Base Metals ===

On the north side of the Museum, starting from the main staircase, there are six bays illustrating respectively the ore deposits of (1) Aluminium and Manganese; (2) Iron (sedimentary ores); (3) Iron (ores with igneous affiliations), Nickel, Cobalt, Chromium and Titanium; (4) Lead and Zinc; (5) Copper; (6) Tin, Tungsten, and Molybdenum. Uranium ores are shown at the eastern end, at the head of the main staircase.

'''Aluminium Ores''' Bauxite, a mixture of impure hydrated aluminium oxides, is the principal ore worked. Many deposits are found at or near the surface in tropical regions, and result from the weathering of aluminous rocks. Others, and notably those in the United Kingdom, have formed under similar conditions in past geological times when the climate in present-day temperate regions was also tropical.

'''Manganese Ores''' Most of the world's production has come from sedimentary and metamorphosed sedimentary deposits of hydrous and anhydrous manganese oxides, and residual deposits derived from the weathering of manganiferous rocks. A suite of specimens from the Nsuta Mine in Ghana, the largest manganese mine in the world, is displayed. Also exhibited are specimens from the sedimentary Manganese Shales of North Wales, and from manganese-bearing mineral veins in other parts of Great Britain.

'''Iron Ores (sedimentary)''' In this group are included the brown iron ores of sedimentary origin, so important in Great Britain and France, as well as the metamorphosed and enriched sedimentary iron formations that produce the bulk of the world's supply of high-grade haematite ore.

Specimens from the best known deposits of the latter type, those of the Lake Superior region, are exhibited.

'''Iron Ores (with igneous affiliations)''' These include the so-called magmatic ores, composed of high-grade magnetite, which were directly derived from molten igneous rock, and the vein and replacement deposits formed by hot ascending waters of igneous origin. The magmatic types are well represented in the exhibit by the famous Swedish deposits, and fine specimens from the rich haematite bodies of Cumberland illustrate the replacement types.

''Nickel, Cobalt, Chromium and Titanium Ores. '' The great nickel-copper deposits of Sudbury, Ontario, dominate world nickel production; specimens of the massive sulphide ore and associated rocks from them are exhibited. Cobalt similarly shows an affinity for copper, and much cobalt is recovered as a by-product of copper mining, or is a residual weathering product from copper-bearing rocks. In one desk case, specimens from the interesting cobalt-nickel-silver deposits of Cobalt, Ontario, arc displayed. Chromium and titanium ores are found as segregations in ultrabasic and basic igneous rocks. Specimens are shown of the important deposits of chrome ore in Rhodesia and the Transvaal, and of the Norwegian titanium ores.

'''Lead and Zinc''' The ores of these metals arc closely associated in nature. The deposits, mostly formed by deposition in veins or replacement of rock

'''Large crystals of galena (lead sulphide) from the Harz Mountains, Germany''' . Natural sire '' by sulphides from hot ascending solutions, exhibit great diversity of form and mineralogy. In the exhibit are desk cases illustrating, among others, the world's largest lead mine at Sullivan in British Columbia, the famous and immense Broken Hill deposits in New South Wales, and the extraordinary deposits of the Franklin and Sterling mines in New Jersey. There arc also specimens from the numerous lead-mining districts in the British Isles which were centres of intense mining activity in the nineteenth century.

'''Copper Ores'''The vein deposits of copper ore which once made Great Britain the world's largest producer of copper—the copper lodes of Cornwall and Devon—are dealt with in detail. A suite of specimens illustrates the great Chuquicamata Mine in Chile, the largest of the so-called "porphyry copper" disseminated ore deposits. Ores from the N'Kana Mine represent the extensive Rhodesian Copper Belt, and specimens from the vast deposits of native copper of the Lake Superior district, now almost exhausted, arc shown. The beautiful green and blue copper carbonate specimens from Bisbee, Arizona, and similar material from Australia are also to be seen in the copper bay.

'''Tin, Tungsten and Molybdenum Ores''' There is essentially only one ore-mineral of tin—cassiterite (tin oxide)—which usually occurs in veins in or near granite masses. A particularly fine series of exhibits represents the Cornish tin mines, and illustrates the relations between the veins of ore and the country rock of granite or clay-slate, the chemical reactions involved, and the characteristic mineral products and types of ore. Only a few of the Cornish tin mines are still working. The extensive alluvial deposits of Malaya, which still represent the largest resources of tin in the world, are illustrated in a desk case, and specimens from the Bolivian tin veins, with their unique mineralogy, are also displayed.

Tungsten, like tin, is universally associated with granitic rocks, and many tin veins also yield wolframite, the principal ore of tungsten. Wolframite has been produced from a few deposits in the Cornish tin districts; specimens from these, and also from the important Burmese mines, are shown.

Production of molybdenum, a valuable metal for iron and steel alloys, is dominated by the great Climax molybdenum deposit in Colorado. Much molybdenite is also produced as a by-product of copper mining—for example, from the Chino copper mine in New Mexico, described in the Central Mining District exhibit in the Lead and Zinc bay. Specimens from numerous minor occurrences are shown in a desk case.

'''Uranium Ores''' Pitchblende, the black oxide of uranium, is the principal ore worked; in striking contrast are the brilliantly coloured oxidation products of pitchblende. Most of the important uranium deposits are featured, though a high proportion of uranium produced today is a byproduct of South Africa gold mining. A very large piece of nearly pure pitchblende from Australia is mounted in a special case equipped with geiger counters.

'''Minor Metals''' Ores of the minor metals arsenic, antimony, bismuth, mercury and vanadium are shown in desk cases in the third bay from the eastern end (main staircase) on the south side of the Museum. The ores of mercury exhibited arc from the incredibly rich Almaden mercury mines in Spain, where the principal ore mineral, cinnabar, occurs in steep replacement lodes and as disseminations in quartzite. Antimony ores are shown in a desk case, and some very fine crystals of stibnite (antimony sulphide) are shown in the "island" case.=== Ores of the Precious Metals ===

The second bay on the south side of the Museum is occupied by the precious metals, gold and silver, while platinum and related metals are illustrated in adjacent cases of the next bay. Both gold and silver have been obtained in large amounts from certain quartz veins in Mexico: a fine series illustrates native silver and various sulphides, with quartz and calcite, from these deposits. Similar veins yielding smaller quantities were once worked near Schemnitz, Freiberg, etc., in Central Europe. Telluride ores, which form a rather distinctive class, are represented by Nagyag in Central Europe and Cripple Creek in Colorado. The telluride deposit of Kalgoorlie (Western Australia) is in rocks of much earlier age.

A second, more compact type of quartz lode, formed at greater depth and usually in the older rocks, is seen in the case illustrating "saddle lodes". Gold is also won in large amounts from the famous "banket" deposits of South Africa, which are beds of coarse marine gravel now consolidated into a hard siliceous rock. Other exhibits to be noted are those of alluvial gold; the "deep leads" or buried river gravels of Australia; the great sulphide masses of Morro Velho (Brazil); and the rich Champion Reef of Mysore. Models of a number of famous gold nuggets arc exhibited in an "island" case. Attention is also drawn to fine specimens of gold from the quartz veins or alluvial deposits of Wales, Scotland, and the Republic of Ireland.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_17.JPG|thumbnail|Crystals of calcite (calcium carbonate) from Bigrigg, Cumberland. One and a hall times natural size]]

Platinum was at one time chiefly obtained from the Ural Mountains, from gravels in which it had been naturally concentrated, but in recent years a remarkable low-grade deposit has been discovered in the Bushveld Igneous Complex of South Africa. The platinum is present only in minute amounts in one or two layers of rock which are only up to 30 inches thick but which extend over many miles. The largest production of platinum, palladium, and related metals, however, is as a by-product from the nickel-copper ores of Sudbury in Ontario.

=== Non-metallic Minerals ===

The remainder of this side of the gallery is occupied by exhibits of those minerals which are not worked primarily for the extraction of a metal but for some other useful purpose. The mode of occurrence and the association of the minerals are again shown, along with explanatory maps, diagrams, photographs, and large display specimens in "island" cases.

The first bay contains principally celestine, barytes, graphite, borates, sulphur, pyrite, and fluorspar. Celestine, the sulphate of strontium, is worked as nodules from a marl in Gloucestershire and is used extensively in refining sugar. Barytes (barium sulphate), which is of widespread occurrence in veins, is ground to form a filler for paints, paper, rubber, and other manufactured products. Graphite is familiar through its use in lead pencils and as a lubricant but an important though unfamiliar use is in metallurgical crucibles. Borates arc mined for preparing boric acid and borax. Sulphur, formerly obtained from volcanic regions, is now principally derived from underground dome-like structures in Louisiana, where superheated steam is pumped into the rock and the melted sulphur raised through pipes to the surface. Pyrite (iron disulphide) is burned to give sulphur dioxide from which sulphuric acid is derived.

Phosphates, described in the following bay, arc in wide demand as fertilizers. Deposits have been formed in some arid regions from the droppings of birds. These deposits, known as guano, arc of minor importance. The sedimentary phosphates form the world's major deposits. Apatite, a crystalline phosphate, is another source, usually more costly to work. Rock salt is found in thick beds in many parts of the world, and, being plastic under pressure, in many cases the bedded salt has been forced up through the underlying strata to form "salt-plugs"; these arc illustrated by diagrams. Another exhibit deals with asbestos, used since classical times for weaving fire-proof cloth. The principal deposits arc in Canada, where, as in Southern Rhodesia, the fibrous mineral is chrysotile, a variety of serpentine. Three other fibrous minerals, all of the amphibole family, are also used commercially as asbestos. These are crocidolite and amosite from South Africa, and tremolite from the Alps. Gypsum and anhydrite, extensively employed for making plaster and other manufactured articles, arc among other minerals here displayed.

The next bay contains a variety of exhibits, including cases on cryolite, diatomite, mica, magnesite, and other refractories. Cryolite, used as a flux in making aluminium from bauxite, is obtained only from Ivigtut in Greenland. Diatomite, which resembles a white clay, is composed of the siliceous remains of innumerable microscopic plants; there are British deposits of freshwater origin, but the Californian beds, 2000 feet thick, are marine and contain fossil fishes, examples of which arc here displayed. The mineral has many uses, principally as a filter, absorbent, and refractory. Mica, an elastic transparent mineral used as an electric insulator and for the windows in stoves is well represented by a large collection. The principal sources are Canada, India, and the United States of America. Magnesite is representative of the carbonate refractories, which include dolomite and ordinary limestone. They are prepared by roasting to drive off the carbon dioxide, leaving a highly refractory oxide used for the manufacture of furnace linings and for various technical purposes. Other refractory materials, including fireclays, silica rock, and Banister, are also displayed here, and there is an exhibit on abrasives—millstones, pulp-stones, scythe stones, hone stones, garnet, emery, corundum, rouge, artificial abrasives, etc. A further display consists of an extensive collection of British moulding sands.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_18.JPG|thumbnail|Derbyshire Fossil Marble: polished surface of Carboniferous Limestone containing crinoid (sea-lily) remains]]

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_19.JPG|thumbnail|Diorama: a Cornish china clay pit]]

=== Building Stones ===

At the western end of the gallery there is a comprehensive collection of British building stones, most of which are exhibited in the form of 6-inch cubes. The limestones and sandstones are arranged together in strati-graphical order. Then follow the granites, other igneous rocks and British marbles. Specimens of the principal stones used in London's buildings are also displayed. Each of these is accompanied by a label giving details of its geology, and the names of some buildings where it is employed. On nearby screens photographs are shown of many of the quarries.

To the south of this display there is an exhibit illustrating the geology of British roofing slates. To the north there is a collection of foreign marbles and ornamental stones used in decorative work and also a series of marbles from buildings in Ancient Rome. On the west wall there is mounted a fine marble screen, which formed part of the interior of the Museum building in Jermyn Street.

=== British Mineral Collection ===

In the south-eastern corner of the top gallery there is a display of British mineral specimens. The minerals in this exhibit arc grouped according to their locality of occurrence. Large spectacular specimens arc arranged along the walls, while others arc shown in a series of desk cases.

A geological map of Cornwall and Devon on a I inch to I mile scale, showing the mineral veins, is displayed on a wall in this bay. At the south-western end of the gallery there is a similar map of the mineral districts of northern England.

==== Oil ====

The geology of oil is demonstrated in the north-eastern corner of the gallery. A large map shows the world distribution of known occurrences. A series of screens with maps, diagrams and photographs illustrates the mode of origin, migration and accumulation of oil, the search for oil, and the geology of selected major oil-producing areas. Specimens of crude oil and typical rocks from notable oilfields are shown in wall and desk cases.

=== Dioramas ===

At the eastern end of the gallery four dioramas are displayed in the corners of the bays on each side of the staircase. Specimens relating to the subject of the dioramas are displayed in the adjacent wall cases. Other dioramas are arranged throughout the gallery:

'''China Clay in Cornwall''' China clay was formed by the decomposition of granite masses chemically attacked by gases evolved during the late stages of cooling. The Cornish quarries form the world's most important source of this mineral, which is extensively used in the paper-making and pottery industries.

'''Chalk and Cement'''Portland cement is manufactured from carbonate of lime (chalk or limestone) and silicate of alumina (clay). In the illustrated quarry, situated in the lower Thames valley, both materials are worked together. The clay outcrop is the London Clay; it is underlain by other Tertiary beds, and the Chalk.

'''Northampton Iron Ore''' '' (Corby, Northants). A typical open working in the Northampton iron ore of Jurassic (Lower Estuarine) age. The ore, a bedded sedimentary ironstone, is of great economic importance. The ironstone is overlain by Lower Estuarine Clay, Lincolnshire Limestone, and Boulder Clay. The method of working is also shown.

'''The Kuwait Oilfield''' The diorama shows a section about 15 miles across, through the central part of the Burgan oilfield, Kuwait. Oil is obtained from sands of Middle Cretaceous age which are about 1400 feet thick and which are folded in a gentle anticlinal dome with its crest about 3000 feet below ground level.

'''Lake Shore Gold Mine, Canada''' This is one of the world's largest gold mines. In one diorama a geological section is shown, the ground being represented as cut away vertically through the mine shafts to illustrate the geological structure to a depth of 4500 feet. The gold-bearing veins are seen, and the country-rock of Pre-Cambrian porphyry and syenite intrusions traversing greywackes and volcanic tuffs. The companion diorama showing the surface features illustrates the mining plant. Kirkland Lake has been drained and filled with the slimes from the ore-crushers.

== Library ==

The ''' Museum library ''', which is open for reference by the public, contains some 70 000 books, 1125 runs of periodicals, 29 000 pamphlets and 28 000 maps. The library is concerned with all branches of geology in its wider aspects. A selection of new books and current periodicals is on view in the main reading room.

Enquiries on geological subjects involving possible consultation with a geologist should in the first place be made in the library.

== Photographs ==

The Geological Survey photographs exhibited in the Museum have been chosen from an official collection of approximately 16 000 negatives. ''Prints '' from these may be viewed in the library, and can be supplied at standard prices. ''Lantern slides '' may be obtained where suitable negatives already exist. A tariff list is available free on application.

[[File:BGS_GM_SG_20.JPG|thumbnail|The Geological Column.]]

[[Category:Geological Museum]]

[[Category:History of the British Geological Survey]]